blob: 816c9471d8e04b5995d87ec62005930b4eab666d [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
17#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
18# include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
19#endif
20
21static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
22static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000023static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
24
25/*
26 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
27 */
28 int
29get_indent()
30{
31 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
32}
33
34/*
35 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
36 */
37 int
38get_indent_lnum(lnum)
39 linenr_T lnum;
40{
41 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
42}
43
44#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
45/*
46 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
47 * "buf".
48 */
49 int
50get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
51 buf_T *buf;
52 linenr_T lnum;
53{
54 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
55}
56#endif
57
58/*
59 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
60 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
61 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000062 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000063get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
64 char_u *ptr;
65 int ts;
66{
67 int count = 0;
68
69 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
70 {
71 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
72 count += ts - (count % ts);
73 else if (*ptr == ' ')
74 ++count; /* count a space for one */
75 else
76 break;
77 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000078 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000079}
80
81/*
82 * Set the indent of the current line.
83 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
84 * Caller must take care of undo.
85 * "flags":
86 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
87 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
88 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
89 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
90 */
91 int
92set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000093 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000094 int flags;
95{
96 char_u *p;
97 char_u *newline;
98 char_u *oldline;
99 char_u *s;
100 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000101 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000102 int line_len;
103 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000106 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000107 int orig_char_len = 0; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
108 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000109
110 /*
111 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
112 * characters needed for the indent.
113 */
114 todo = size;
115 ind_len = 0;
116 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
117
118 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
119 * isn't already set */
120
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000121 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
122 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
123 * beginning of the line to be copied */
124 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125 {
126 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
127 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
128 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
129 {
130 ind_done = 0;
131
132 /* count as many characters as we can use */
133 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
134 {
135 if (*p == TAB)
136 {
137 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
138 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
139 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
140 if (todo < tab_pad)
141 break;
142 todo -= tab_pad;
143 ++ind_len;
144 ind_done += tab_pad;
145 }
146 else
147 {
148 --todo;
149 ++ind_len;
150 ++ind_done;
151 }
152 ++p;
153 }
154
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000155 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
156 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
157 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
158 orig_char_len = ind_len;
159
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000160 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
161 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000162 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == 0)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000163 {
164 doit = TRUE;
165 todo -= tab_pad;
166 ++ind_len;
167 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
168 }
169 }
170
171 /* count tabs required for indent */
172 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
173 {
174 if (*p != TAB)
175 doit = TRUE;
176 else
177 ++p;
178 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
179 ++ind_len;
180 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
181 }
182 }
183 /* count spaces required for indent */
184 while (todo > 0)
185 {
186 if (*p != ' ')
187 doit = TRUE;
188 else
189 ++p;
190 --todo;
191 ++ind_len;
192 /* ++ind_done; */
193 }
194
195 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
196 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
197 return FALSE;
198
199 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
200 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
201 p = oldline;
202 else
203 p = skipwhite(p);
204 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000205
206 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
207 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
208 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
209 if (orig_char_len != 0)
210 {
211 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
212 if (newline == NULL)
213 return FALSE;
214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
221 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
222 * than old) */
223 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
224 (void)*p++;
225 todo = size-ind_done;
226 }
227 else
228 {
229 todo = size;
230 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
231 if (newline == NULL)
232 return FALSE;
233 s = newline;
234 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000235
236 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000237 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
238 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
239 {
240 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
241 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
242 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
243 {
244 p = oldline;
245 ind_done = 0;
246
247 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
248 {
249 if (*p == TAB)
250 {
251 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
252 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
253 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
254 if (todo < tab_pad)
255 break;
256 todo -= tab_pad;
257 ind_done += tab_pad;
258 }
259 else
260 {
261 --todo;
262 ++ind_done;
263 }
264 *s++ = *p++;
265 }
266
267 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
268 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
269 if (todo >= tab_pad)
270 {
271 *s++ = TAB;
272 todo -= tab_pad;
273 }
274
275 p = skipwhite(p);
276 }
277
278 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
279 {
280 *s++ = TAB;
281 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
282 }
283 }
284 while (todo > 0)
285 {
286 *s++ = ' ';
287 --todo;
288 }
289 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
290
291 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
292 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
293 {
294 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
295 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
296 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
297 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
298 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
299 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000300 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000301 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000302 }
303 else
304 vim_free(newline);
305
306 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000307 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000308}
309
310/*
311 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
312 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
313 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
314 */
315 static int
316copy_indent(size, src)
317 int size;
318 char_u *src;
319{
320 char_u *p = NULL;
321 char_u *line = NULL;
322 char_u *s;
323 int todo;
324 int ind_len;
325 int line_len = 0;
326 int tab_pad;
327 int ind_done;
328 int round;
329
330 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
331 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
332 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
333 {
334 todo = size;
335 ind_len = 0;
336 ind_done = 0;
337 s = src;
338
339 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
340 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
341 {
342 if (*s == TAB)
343 {
344 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
345 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
346 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
347 if (todo < tab_pad)
348 break;
349 todo -= tab_pad;
350 ind_done += tab_pad;
351 }
352 else
353 {
354 --todo;
355 ++ind_done;
356 }
357 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000358 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000359 *p++ = *s;
360 ++s;
361 }
362
363 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
364 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
365 if (todo >= tab_pad)
366 {
367 todo -= tab_pad;
368 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000369 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000370 *p++ = TAB;
371 }
372
373 /* Add tabs required for indent */
374 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
375 {
376 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
377 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000378 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379 *p++ = TAB;
380 }
381
382 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
383 while (todo > 0)
384 {
385 --todo;
386 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000387 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000388 *p++ = ' ';
389 }
390
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000391 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000392 {
393 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
394 * and the rest of the line. */
395 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
396 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
397 if (line == NULL)
398 return FALSE;
399 p = line;
400 }
401 }
402
403 /* Append the original line */
404 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
405
406 /* Replace the line */
407 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
408
409 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
410 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
411 return TRUE;
412}
413
414/*
415 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
416 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000417 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000418 */
419 int
420get_number_indent(lnum)
421 linenr_T lnum;
422{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000423 colnr_T col;
424 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000425 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000426
427 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
428 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000429 pos.lnum = 0;
430 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
431 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
432 {
433 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000434 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000435 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum, (colnr_T)0))
436 {
437 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
438 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
439#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
440 pos.coladd = 0;
441#endif
442 }
443 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
444 }
445
446 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000447 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000448 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
449 return (int)col;
450}
451
452#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
453
454static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
455
456/*
457 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
458 */
459 static int
460cin_is_cinword(line)
461 char_u *line;
462{
463 char_u *cinw;
464 char_u *cinw_buf;
465 int cinw_len;
466 int retval = FALSE;
467 int len;
468
469 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
470 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
471 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
472 {
473 line = skipwhite(line);
474 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
475 {
476 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
477 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
478 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
479 {
480 retval = TRUE;
481 break;
482 }
483 }
484 vim_free(cinw_buf);
485 }
486 return retval;
487}
488#endif
489
490/*
491 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
492 *
493 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
494 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
495 *
496 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
497 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
498 * new line.
499 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
500 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
501 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
502 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
503 *
504 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
505 */
506 int
507open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
508 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
509 int flags;
510 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
511{
512 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
513 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
514 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
515 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
516 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
517 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
518 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
519 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
520 int n;
521 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
522 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
523#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
524 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
525 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
526 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
527 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
528#endif
529 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
530#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
531 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
532 char_u *p;
533#endif
534 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
535#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
536 pos_T *pos;
537#endif
538#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
539 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
540# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
541 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
542# endif
543 );
544 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
545 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
546#endif
547#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
548 int vreplace_mode;
549#endif
550 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
551 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
552
553 /*
554 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
555 */
556 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
557 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
558 return FALSE;
559
560#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
561 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
562 {
563 /*
564 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
565 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
566 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
567 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
568 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
569 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
570 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
571 */
572 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
573 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
574 else
575 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
576 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
577 goto theend;
578
579 /*
580 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
581 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
582 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
583 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
584 * etc) a bit later.
585 */
586 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
587 replace_push(NUL);
588 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
589 while (*p != NUL)
590 replace_push(*p++);
591 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
592 }
593#endif
594
595 if ((State & INSERT)
596#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
597 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
598#endif
599 )
600 {
601 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
602#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
603 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
604 {
605 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
606 first_char = *p;
607 }
608#endif
609#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
610 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
611#endif
612 saved_char = *p_extra;
613 *p_extra = NUL;
614 }
615
616 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
617#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
618 did_si = FALSE;
619#endif
620 ai_col = 0;
621
622 /*
623 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
624 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
625 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
626 */
627 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
628 trunc_line = TRUE;
629
630 /*
631 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
632 * indent to use for the new line.
633 */
634 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
635#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
636 || do_si
637#endif
638 )
639 {
640 /*
641 * count white space on current line
642 */
643 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
644 if (newindent == 0)
645 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
646
647#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
648 /*
649 * Do smart indenting.
650 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
651 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
652 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
653 * "if (condition) {"
654 */
655 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
656 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
657 {
658 char_u *ptr;
659 char_u last_char;
660
661 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
662 ptr = saved_line;
663# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
664 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
665 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
666 else
667 lead_len = 0;
668# endif
669 if (dir == FORWARD)
670 {
671 /*
672 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
673 * recognised as comments.
674 */
675 if (
676# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
677 lead_len == 0 &&
678# endif
679 ptr[0] == '#')
680 {
681 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
682 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
683 newindent = get_indent();
684 }
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
687 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
688 else
689 lead_len = 0;
690 if (lead_len > 0)
691 {
692 /*
693 * This case gets the following right:
694 * \*
695 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
696 * *\
697 * #define IN_THE_WAY
698 * This should line up here;
699 */
700 p = skipwhite(ptr);
701 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
702 p++;
703 if (p[0] == '*')
704 {
705 for (p++; *p; p++)
706 {
707 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
708 {
709 /*
710 * End of C comment, indent should line up
711 * with the line containing the start of
712 * the comment
713 */
714 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
715 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
716 {
717 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
718 newindent = get_indent();
719 }
720 }
721 }
722 }
723 }
724 else /* Not a comment line */
725# endif
726 {
727 /* Find last non-blank in line */
728 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
729 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
730 --p;
731 last_char = *p;
732
733 /*
734 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
735 */
736 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
737 {
738 if (p > ptr)
739 --p;
740 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
741 --p;
742 }
743 /*
744 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
745 * lines. eg:
746 * if (condition &&
747 * condition) {
748 * Should line up here!
749 * }
750 */
751 if (*p == ')')
752 {
753 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
754 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
755 {
756 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
757 newindent = get_indent();
758 ptr = ml_get_curline();
759 }
760 }
761 /*
762 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
763 * checking for "if" and the like.
764 */
765 if (last_char == '{')
766 {
767 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
768 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
769 }
770 /*
771 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
772 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
773 * '}'.
774 */
775 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
776 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
777 did_si = TRUE;
778 }
779 }
780 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
781 {
782 /*
783 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
784 * recognised as comments.
785 */
786 if (
787# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
788 lead_len == 0 &&
789# endif
790 ptr[0] == '#')
791 {
792 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
793
794 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
795 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
796 {
797 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
798 was_backslashed = TRUE;
799 else
800 was_backslashed = FALSE;
801 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
802 }
803 if (was_backslashed)
804 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
805 else
806 newindent = get_indent();
807 }
808 p = skipwhite(ptr);
809 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
810 did_si = TRUE;
811 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
812 can_si_back = TRUE;
813 }
814 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
815 }
816 if (do_si)
817 can_si = TRUE;
818#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
819
820 did_ai = TRUE;
821 }
822
823#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
824 /*
825 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
826 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
827 */
828 end_comment_pending = NUL;
829 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
830 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
831 else
832 lead_len = 0;
833 if (lead_len > 0)
834 {
835 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
836 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
837 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
838 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
839 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
840 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
841 int current_flag;
842 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
843 char_u *p2;
844
845 /*
846 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
847 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
848 */
849 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
850 {
851 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
852 {
853 require_blank = TRUE;
854 continue;
855 }
856 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
857 {
858 current_flag = *p;
859 if (*p == COM_START)
860 {
861 /*
862 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
863 */
864 if (dir == BACKWARD)
865 {
866 lead_len = 0;
867 break;
868 }
869
870 /* find start of middle part */
871 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
872 require_blank = FALSE;
873 }
874
875 /*
876 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
877 */
878 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
879 {
880 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
881 require_blank = TRUE;
882 ++p;
883 }
884 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
885
886 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
887 {
888 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
889 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
890 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
891 ++p;
892 }
893 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
896 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
897
898 /*
899 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
900 * the comment leader.
901 */
902 if (dir == FORWARD)
903 {
904 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
905 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
906 {
907 comment_end = p;
908 lead_len = 0;
909 break;
910 }
911 }
912
913 /*
914 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
915 */
916 if (lead_len > 0)
917 {
918 if (current_flag == COM_START)
919 {
920 lead_repl = lead_middle;
921 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
922 }
923
924 /*
925 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
926 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
927 * comment leader on the next line.
928 */
929 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
930 && ((p_extra != NULL
931 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
932 || (p_extra == NULL
933 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
934 || require_blank))
935 extra_space = TRUE;
936 }
937 break;
938 }
939 if (*p == COM_END)
940 {
941 /*
942 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
943 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
944 * start (for C-comments).
945 */
946 if (dir == FORWARD)
947 {
948 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
949 lead_len = 0;
950 break;
951 }
952
953 /*
954 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
955 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
956 */
957 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
958 --p;
959 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
960 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
961 ;
962 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
963
964 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
965 * the comment-end */
966 extra_space = TRUE;
967
968 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
969 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
970 {
971 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
972 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
973 }
974 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
975 {
976 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
977 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
978 p2++;
979 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
980 }
981 break;
982 }
983 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
984 {
985 /*
986 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
987 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
988 */
989 if (dir == BACKWARD)
990 lead_len = 0;
991 else
992 {
993 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
994 lead_repl_len = 0;
995 }
996 break;
997 }
998 }
999 if (lead_len)
1000 {
1001 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1002 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1003 extra_len + 1);
1004 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1005
1006 if (leader == NULL)
1007 lead_len = 0;
1008 else
1009 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001010 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001011
1012 /*
1013 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1014 */
1015 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1016 {
1017 int c = 0;
1018 int off = 0;
1019
1020 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
1021 {
1022 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
1023 c = *p;
1024 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1025 off = getdigits(&p);
1026 }
1027 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1028 {
1029 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1030 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1031 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1032 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001033 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001034
1035#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1036 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1037 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1038 {
1039 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1040 lead_repl_len);
1041 int old_size = 0;
1042 char_u *endp = p;
1043 int l;
1044
1045 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1046 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001047 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001048 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1049 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001050 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001051 if (l != 0)
1052 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1053 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1054 lead_len += l;
1055 }
1056#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001057 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1058 p = leader;
1059 else
1060 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001061#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001062 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1063 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1064 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1065
1066 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1067 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001068 {
1069#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1070 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1071
1072 if (l > 1)
1073 {
1074 p -= l;
1075 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1076 {
1077 p[1] = ' ';
1078 --l;
1079 }
1080 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1081 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1082 lead_len -= l;
1083 *p = ' ';
1084 }
1085 else
1086#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001087 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1088 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001089 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001090 }
1091 else /* left adjusted leader */
1092 {
1093 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001094#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1095 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1096 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1097 * not to be overwritten. */
1098 {
1099 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1100 lead_repl_len);
1101 int i;
1102 int l;
1103
1104 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1105 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001106 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001107 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1108 break;
1109 }
1110 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1111 {
1112 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
1113 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
1114 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1115 }
1116 }
1117#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001118 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1119
1120 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1121 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1122 * remain the same. */
1123 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1124 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1125 {
1126 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1127 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1128 {
1129 --lead_len;
1130 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1131 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1132 }
1133 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001134 {
1135#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001136 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001137
1138 if (l > 1)
1139 {
1140 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1141 {
1142 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1143 * two spaces */
1144 --l;
1145 *p++ = ' ';
1146 }
1147 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1148 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1149 lead_len -= l - 1;
1150 }
1151#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001152 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001153 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001154 }
1155 *p = NUL;
1156 }
1157
1158 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1159 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1160#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1161 || do_si
1162#endif
1163 )
1164 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1165
1166 /* Add the indent offset */
1167 if (newindent + off < 0)
1168 {
1169 off = -newindent;
1170 newindent = 0;
1171 }
1172 else
1173 newindent += off;
1174
1175 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1176 * alignment remains equal. */
1177 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1178 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1179 {
1180 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1181 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1182 break;
1183 --lead_len;
1184 --off;
1185 }
1186
1187 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1188 * extra space */
1189 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1190 extra_space = FALSE;
1191 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1192 }
1193
1194 if (extra_space)
1195 {
1196 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1197 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1198 }
1199
1200 newcol = lead_len;
1201
1202 /*
1203 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1204 * is in the comment leader
1205 */
1206 if (newindent
1207#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1208 || did_si
1209#endif
1210 )
1211 {
1212 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1213 {
1214 --lead_len;
1215 --newcol;
1216 ++leader;
1217 }
1218 }
1219
1220 }
1221#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1222 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1223#endif
1224 }
1225 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1226 {
1227 /*
1228 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1229 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1230 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1231 * comment.
1232 */
1233 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1234 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1235#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1236 || do_si
1237#endif
1238 ))
1239 {
1240 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1241 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1242 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1243 {
1244 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1245 newindent = get_indent();
1246 }
1247 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1248 }
1249 }
1250 }
1251#endif
1252
1253 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1254 if (p_extra != NULL)
1255 {
1256 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1257
1258 /*
1259 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1260 * non-blank.
1261 *
1262 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1263 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1264 */
1265 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1266 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1267 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1268 {
1269 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1270#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1271 && (!enc_utf8
1272 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1273#endif
1274 )
1275 {
1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1277 replace_push(*p_extra);
1278 ++p_extra;
1279 ++less_cols_off;
1280 }
1281 }
1282 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1283 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1284
1285 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1286 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1287 }
1288
1289 if (p_extra == NULL)
1290 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1291
1292#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1293 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1294 if (lead_len)
1295 {
1296 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1297 p_extra = leader;
1298 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1299 less_cols -= lead_len;
1300 }
1301 else
1302 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1303#endif
1304
1305 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1306 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1307 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1308#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1309 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1310#endif
1311 {
1312 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1313 == FAIL)
1314 goto theend;
1315 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1316 * with markers. */
1317 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1318 did_append = TRUE;
1319 }
1320#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1321 else
1322 {
1323 /*
1324 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1325 */
1326 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1327 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1328 {
1329 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1330 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1331 */
1332 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1333 vr_lines_changed++;
1334 }
1335 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1336 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1338 did_append = FALSE;
1339 }
1340#endif
1341
1342 if (newindent
1343#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1344 || did_si
1345#endif
1346 )
1347 {
1348 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1349#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1350 if (did_si)
1351 {
1352 if (p_sr)
1353 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1354 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1355 }
1356#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001357 /* Copy the indent */
1358 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001359 {
1360 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1361
1362 /*
1363 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1364 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1365 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1366 */
1367 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1368 }
1369 else
1370 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1371 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1372
1373 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1374
1375 /*
1376 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1377 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1378 */
1379 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1380 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1381 replace_push(NUL);
1382 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1384 if (no_si)
1385 did_si = FALSE;
1386#endif
1387 }
1388
1389#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1390 /*
1391 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1392 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1393 */
1394 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1395 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1396 replace_push(NUL);
1397#endif
1398
1399 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1400
1401 if (dir == FORWARD)
1402 {
1403 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1404 {
1405 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1406 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1407 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1408 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1409 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1410 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1411 saved_line = NULL;
1412 if (did_append)
1413 {
1414 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1415 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1416 did_append = FALSE;
1417
1418 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1419 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1420 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1421 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1422 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1423 }
1424 else
1425 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1426 }
1427
1428 /*
1429 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1430 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1431 */
1432 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1433 }
1434 if (did_append)
1435 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1436
1437 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1438#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1439 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1440#endif
1441
1442#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1443 /*
1444 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1445 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1446 * normal INSERT mode.
1447 */
1448 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1449 {
1450 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1451 State = INSERT;
1452 }
1453 else
1454 vreplace_mode = 0;
1455#endif
1456#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1457 /*
1458 * May do lisp indenting.
1459 */
1460 if (!p_paste
1461# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1462 && leader == NULL
1463# endif
1464 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1465 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1466 {
1467 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1468 p = ml_get_curline();
1469 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1470 }
1471#endif
1472#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1473 /*
1474 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1475 */
1476 if (!p_paste
1477 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1478# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1479 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1480# endif
1481 )
1482 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1483 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1484 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1485 {
1486 do_c_expr_indent();
1487 p = ml_get_curline();
1488 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1489 }
1490#endif
1491#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1492 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1493 State = vreplace_mode;
1494#endif
1495
1496#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1497 /*
1498 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1499 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1500 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1501 */
1502 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1503 {
1504 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1505 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1506 if (p_extra == NULL)
1507 goto theend;
1508
1509 /* Put back original line */
1510 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1511
1512 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1513 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1514#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1515 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1516#endif
1517 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1518 vim_free(p_extra);
1519 next_line = NULL;
1520 }
1521#endif
1522
1523 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1524theend:
1525 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1526 vim_free(saved_line);
1527 vim_free(next_line);
1528 vim_free(allocated);
1529 return retval;
1530}
1531
1532#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1533/*
1534 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1535 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1536 * returned.
1537 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1538 * comment leader.
1539 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1540 */
1541 int
1542get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1543 char_u *line;
1544 char_u **flags;
1545 int backward;
1546{
1547 int i, j;
1548 int got_com = FALSE;
1549 int found_one;
1550 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1551 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1552 char_u *list;
1553
1554 i = 0;
1555 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1556 ++i;
1557
1558 /*
1559 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1560 */
1561 while (line[i])
1562 {
1563 /*
1564 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1565 */
1566 found_one = FALSE;
1567 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1568 {
1569 /*
1570 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1571 * put string at start of string.
1572 */
1573 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1574 *flags = list;
1575 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1576 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1577 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1578 continue;
1579 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1580
1581 /*
1582 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1583 * nested comments.
1584 */
1585 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1586 continue;
1587
1588 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1589 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1590 continue;
1591
1592 /*
1593 * Line contents and string must match.
1594 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1595 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1596 * TABs and spaces).
1597 */
1598 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1599 {
1600 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1601 continue;
1602 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1603 ++string;
1604 }
1605 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1606 ;
1607 if (string[j] != NUL)
1608 continue;
1609
1610 /*
1611 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1612 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1613 */
1614 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1615 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1616 continue;
1617
1618 /*
1619 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1620 */
1621 i += j;
1622 got_com = TRUE;
1623 found_one = TRUE;
1624 break;
1625 }
1626
1627 /*
1628 * No match found, stop scanning.
1629 */
1630 if (!found_one)
1631 break;
1632
1633 /*
1634 * Include any trailing white space.
1635 */
1636 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1637 ++i;
1638
1639 /*
1640 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1641 */
1642 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1643 break;
1644 }
1645 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1646}
1647#endif
1648
1649/*
1650 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1651 */
1652 int
1653plines(lnum)
1654 linenr_T lnum;
1655{
1656 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1657}
1658
1659 int
1660plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1661 win_T *wp;
1662 linenr_T lnum;
1663 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1664{
1665#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1666 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1667 * is one line anyway. */
1668 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1669}
1670
1671 int
1672plines_nofill(lnum)
1673 linenr_T lnum;
1674{
1675 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1676}
1677
1678 int
1679plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1680 win_T *wp;
1681 linenr_T lnum;
1682 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1683{
1684#endif
1685 int lines;
1686
1687 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1688 return 1;
1689
1690#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1691 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1692 return 1;
1693#endif
1694
1695#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1696 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1697 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1698 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1699 return 1;
1700#endif
1701
1702 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1703 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1704 return (int)wp->w_height;
1705 return lines;
1706}
1707
1708/*
1709 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1710 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1711 */
1712 int
1713plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1714 win_T *wp;
1715 linenr_T lnum;
1716{
1717 char_u *s;
1718 long col;
1719 int width;
1720
1721 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1722 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1723 return 1;
1724 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1725
1726 /*
1727 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1728 * extra column.
1729 */
1730 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1731 col += 1;
1732
1733 /*
1734 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
1735 */
1736 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1737 if (width <= 0)
1738 return 32000;
1739 if (col <= width)
1740 return 1;
1741 col -= width;
1742 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1743 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1744}
1745
1746/*
1747 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1748 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1749 */
1750 int
1751plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1752 win_T *wp;
1753 linenr_T lnum;
1754 long column;
1755{
1756 long col;
1757 char_u *s;
1758 int lines = 0;
1759 int width;
1760
1761#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1762 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1763 * is one line anyway. */
1764 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1765#endif
1766
1767 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1768 return lines + 1;
1769
1770#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1771 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1772 return lines + 1;
1773#endif
1774
1775 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1776
1777 col = 0;
1778 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1779 {
1780 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001781 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001782 }
1783
1784 /*
1785 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1786 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1787 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1788 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1789 * 'ts') -- webb.
1790 */
1791 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1792 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1793
1794 /*
1795 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
1796 */
1797 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001798 if (width <= 0)
1799 return 9999;
1800
1801 lines += 1;
1802 if (col > width)
1803 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1804 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001805}
1806
1807 int
1808plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1809 win_T *wp;
1810 linenr_T first, last;
1811{
1812 int count = 0;
1813
1814 while (first <= last)
1815 {
1816#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1817 int x;
1818
1819 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1820 * that are maybe folded. */
1821 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1822 if (x > 0)
1823 {
1824 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1825 first += x;
1826 }
1827 else
1828#endif
1829 {
1830#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1831 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1832 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1833 else
1834#endif
1835 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1836 ++first;
1837 }
1838 }
1839 return (count);
1840}
1841
1842#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1843/*
1844 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1845 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1846 */
1847 void
1848ins_bytes(p)
1849 char_u *p;
1850{
1851 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1852}
1853#endif
1854
1855#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1856 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1857/*
1858 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1859 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1860 */
1861 void
1862ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1863 char_u *p;
1864 int len;
1865{
1866 int i;
1867# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1868 int n;
1869
1870 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1871 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001872 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001873 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1874 }
1875# else
1876 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1877 ins_char(p[i]);
1878# endif
1879}
1880#endif
1881
1882/*
1883 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1884 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1885 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1886 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1887 * convert bytes to a character.
1888 */
1889 void
1890ins_char(c)
1891 int c;
1892{
1893#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1894 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1895 int n;
1896
1897 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1898
1899 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1900 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1901 if (buf[0] == 0)
1902 buf[0] = '\n';
1903
1904 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1905}
1906
1907 void
1908ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1909 char_u *buf;
1910 int charlen;
1911{
1912 int c = buf[0];
1913 int l, j;
1914#endif
1915 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1916 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1917 char_u *p;
1918 char_u *newp;
1919 char_u *oldp;
1920 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1921 colnr_T col;
1922 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1923 int i;
1924
1925#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1926 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1927 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1928 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1929#endif
1930
1931 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1932 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1933 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1934
1935 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1936 oldlen = 0;
1937#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1938 newlen = charlen;
1939#else
1940 newlen = 1;
1941#endif
1942
1943 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1944 {
1945#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1946 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1947 {
1948 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1949 colnr_T vcol;
1950 int old_list;
1951#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1952 char_u buf[2];
1953#endif
1954
1955 /*
1956 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1957 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1958 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1959 */
1960 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1961 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1962 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1963
1964 /*
1965 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1966 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1967 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1968 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1969 */
1970 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1971#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1972 buf[0] = c;
1973 buf[1] = NUL;
1974#endif
1975 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1976 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1977 {
1978 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1979 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1980 * position. */
1981 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1982 break;
1983#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001984 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001985#else
1986 ++oldlen;
1987#endif
1988 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
1989 if (vcol > new_vcol)
1990 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
1991 }
1992 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
1993 }
1994 else
1995#endif
1996 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
1997 {
1998 /* normal replace */
1999#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002000 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002001#else
2002 oldlen = 1;
2003#endif
2004 }
2005
2006
2007 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2008 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2009 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2010 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2011 replace_push(NUL);
2012 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2013 {
2014#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002015 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + i) - 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016 for (j = l; j >= 0; --j)
2017 replace_push(oldp[col + i + j]);
2018 i += l;
2019#else
2020 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
2021#endif
2022 }
2023 }
2024
2025 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2026 if (newp == NULL)
2027 return;
2028
2029 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2030 if (col > 0)
2031 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2032
2033 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2034 p = newp + col;
2035 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2036 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2037
2038 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2039#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2040 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2041 i = charlen;
2042#else
2043 *p = c;
2044 i = 1;
2045#endif
2046
2047 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2048 while (i < newlen)
2049 p[i++] = ' ';
2050
2051 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2052 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2053
2054 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2055 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2056
2057 /*
2058 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2059 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2060 */
2061 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2062 && msg_silent == 0
2063#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2064 && charlen == 1
2065#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002066#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2067 && !ins_compl_active()
2068#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002069 )
2070 showmatch(c);
2071
2072#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2073 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2074#endif
2075 {
2076 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2077#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2078 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2079#else
2080 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2081#endif
2082 }
2083 /*
2084 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2085 */
2086}
2087
2088/*
2089 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2090 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2091 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2092 */
2093 void
2094ins_str(s)
2095 char_u *s;
2096{
2097 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2098 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2099 int oldlen;
2100 colnr_T col;
2101 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2102
2103#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2104 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2105 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2106#endif
2107
2108 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2109 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2110 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2111
2112 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2113 if (newp == NULL)
2114 return;
2115 if (col > 0)
2116 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2117 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2118 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2119 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2120 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2121 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2122}
2123
2124/*
2125 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2126 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2127 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2128 *
2129 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2130 */
2131 int
2132del_char(fixpos)
2133 int fixpos;
2134{
2135#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2136 if (has_mbyte)
2137 {
2138 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2139 mb_adjust_cursor();
2140 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2141 return FAIL;
2142 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2143 }
2144#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002145 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002146}
2147
2148#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2149/*
2150 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2151 */
2152 int
2153del_chars(count, fixpos)
2154 long count;
2155 int fixpos;
2156{
2157 long bytes = 0;
2158 long i;
2159 char_u *p;
2160 int l;
2161
2162 p = ml_get_cursor();
2163 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2164 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002165 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002166 bytes += l;
2167 p += l;
2168 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002169 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002170}
2171#endif
2172
2173/*
2174 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2175 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2176 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2177 *
2178 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2179 */
Bram Moolenaara9b1e742005-12-19 22:14:58 +00002180/*ARGSUSED*/
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002181 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002182del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002184 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002185 int use_delcombine; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002186{
2187 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2188 colnr_T oldlen;
2189 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2190 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2191 int was_alloced;
2192 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002193 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002194
2195 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2196 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2197
2198 /*
2199 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2200 */
2201 if (col >= oldlen)
2202 return FAIL;
2203
2204#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2205 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2206 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002207 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2208 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002209 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002210 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002211 int n;
2212
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002213 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2214 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002215 {
2216 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2217 n = col;
2218 do
2219 {
2220 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002221 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002222 n += count;
2223 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2224 fixpos = 0;
2225 }
2226 }
2227#endif
2228
2229 /*
2230 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2231 */
2232 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2233 if (movelen <= 1)
2234 {
2235 /*
2236 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002237 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2238 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002239 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002240 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2241#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2242 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2243#endif
2244 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002245 {
2246 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2247#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2248 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2249#endif
2250#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2251 if (has_mbyte)
2252 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2253 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2254#endif
2255 }
2256 count = oldlen - col;
2257 movelen = 1;
2258 }
2259
2260 /*
2261 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2262 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
2263 */
2264 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
2265#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2266 if (was_alloced && usingNetbeans)
2267 netbeans_removed(curbuf, lnum, col, count);
2268 /* else is handled by ml_replace() */
2269#endif
2270 if (was_alloced)
2271 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2272 else
2273 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2274 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2275 if (newp == NULL)
2276 return FAIL;
2277 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2278 }
2279 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2280 if (!was_alloced)
2281 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2282
2283 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2284 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2285
2286 return OK;
2287}
2288
2289/*
2290 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2291 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2292 *
2293 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2294 */
2295 int
2296truncate_line(fixpos)
2297 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2298{
2299 char_u *newp;
2300 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2301 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2302
2303 if (col == 0)
2304 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2305 else
2306 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2307
2308 if (newp == NULL)
2309 return FAIL;
2310
2311 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2312
2313 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2314 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2315
2316 /*
2317 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2318 */
2319 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2320 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2321
2322 return OK;
2323}
2324
2325/*
2326 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2327 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2328 */
2329 void
2330del_lines(nlines, undo)
2331 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2332 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2333{
2334 long n;
2335
2336 if (nlines <= 0)
2337 return;
2338
2339 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
2340 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
2341 return;
2342
2343 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2344 {
2345 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2346 break;
2347
2348 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
2349 ++n;
2350
2351 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
2352 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2353 break;
2354 }
2355 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2356 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
2357
2358 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2359 check_cursor_lnum();
2360}
2361
2362 int
2363gchar_pos(pos)
2364 pos_T *pos;
2365{
2366 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2367
2368#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2369 if (has_mbyte)
2370 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2371#endif
2372 return (int)*ptr;
2373}
2374
2375 int
2376gchar_cursor()
2377{
2378#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2379 if (has_mbyte)
2380 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2381#endif
2382 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2383}
2384
2385/*
2386 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2387 * It is directly written into the block.
2388 */
2389 void
2390pchar_cursor(c)
2391 int c;
2392{
2393 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2394 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2395}
2396
2397#if 0 /* not used */
2398/*
2399 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
2400 */
2401 void
2402goto_endofbuf(pos)
2403 pos_T *pos;
2404{
2405 char_u *p;
2406
2407 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
2408 pos->col = 0;
2409 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
2410 while (*p++)
2411 ++pos->col;
2412}
2413#endif
2414
2415/*
2416 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2417 * non-blank in the line.
2418 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2419 * the line.
2420 */
2421 int
2422inindent(extra)
2423 int extra;
2424{
2425 char_u *ptr;
2426 colnr_T col;
2427
2428 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2429 ++ptr;
2430 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2431 return TRUE;
2432 else
2433 return FALSE;
2434}
2435
2436/*
2437 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2438 */
2439 char_u *
2440skip_to_option_part(p)
2441 char_u *p;
2442{
2443 if (*p == ',')
2444 ++p;
2445 while (*p == ' ')
2446 ++p;
2447 return p;
2448}
2449
2450/*
2451 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
2452 *
2453 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2454 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
2455 */
2456 void
2457changed()
2458{
2459#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2460 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2461 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2462 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2463 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2464 return;
2465 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2466#endif
2467
2468 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2469 {
2470 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2471
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002472 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2473 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002474 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002475
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002476 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2477 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2478 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2479#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2480 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2481#endif
2482 )
2483 {
2484 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2485
2486 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2487 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2488 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2489 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2490 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2491 {
2492 out_flush();
2493 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2494 wait_return(TRUE);
2495 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2496 }
2497 }
2498 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002499 ml_setflags(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002500#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2501 check_status(curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002502 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002503#endif
2504#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2505 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2506#endif
2507 }
2508 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002509}
2510
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002511static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2512static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002513static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2514
2515/*
2516 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2517 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2518 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2519 * - invalidates cached values
2520 */
2521 void
2522changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2523 linenr_T lnum;
2524 colnr_T col;
2525{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002526 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002527 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002528
2529#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2530 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2531 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2532 {
2533 win_T *wp;
2534 linenr_T wlnum;
2535
2536 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2537 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2538 {
2539 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2540 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2541 if (wlnum > 0)
2542 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2543 }
2544 }
2545#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002546}
2547
2548 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002549changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2550 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002551 linenr_T lnum;
2552{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002553 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002554 {
2555 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002556 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2557 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2558 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2559 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002560 }
2561 else
2562 {
2563 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002564 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2565 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2566 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2567 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002568 }
2569}
2570
2571/*
2572 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2573 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2574 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2575 */
2576 void
2577appended_lines(lnum, count)
2578 linenr_T lnum;
2579 long count;
2580{
2581 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2582}
2583
2584/*
2585 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2586 */
2587 void
2588appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2589 linenr_T lnum;
2590 long count;
2591{
2592 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2593 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2594}
2595
2596/*
2597 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2598 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2599 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2600 */
2601 void
2602deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2603 linenr_T lnum;
2604 long count;
2605{
2606 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2607}
2608
2609/*
2610 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2611 */
2612 void
2613deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2614 linenr_T lnum;
2615 long count;
2616{
2617 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2618 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2619}
2620
2621/*
2622 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2623 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2624 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2625 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2626 * - invalidate cached values
2627 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2628 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2629 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2630 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
2631 */
2632 void
2633changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2634 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2635 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2636 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2637 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2638{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002639 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2640
2641#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2642 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2643 {
2644 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2645 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2646 * displaying. */
2647 win_T *wp;
2648 linenr_T wlnum;
2649
2650 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2651 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2652 {
2653 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2654 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2655 if (wlnum > 0)
2656 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2657 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2658 }
2659 }
2660#endif
2661
2662 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2663}
2664
2665 static void
2666changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2667 buf_T *buf;
2668 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2669 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2670 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2671{
2672 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002673 {
2674 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002675 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2676 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2677 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002678 {
2679 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002680 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2681 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2682 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002683 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002684 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2685 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2686 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002687 }
2688 else
2689 {
2690 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002691 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2692 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2693 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2694 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002695 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002696}
2697
2698 static void
2699changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2700 linenr_T lnum;
2701 colnr_T col;
2702 linenr_T lnume;
2703 long xtra;
2704{
2705 win_T *wp;
2706 int i;
2707#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2708 int cols;
2709 pos_T *p;
2710 int add;
2711#endif
2712
2713 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2714 changed();
2715
2716 /* set the '. mark */
2717 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2718 {
2719 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2720 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2721
2722#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2723 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2724 * don't have an entry yet. */
2725 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2726 {
2727 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2728 add = TRUE;
2729 else
2730 {
2731 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2732 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2733 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2734 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2735 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2736 add = TRUE;
2737 else
2738 {
2739 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2740 if (cols == 0)
2741 cols = 79;
2742 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2743 }
2744 }
2745 if (add)
2746 {
2747 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2748 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2749 * position in the changelist. */
2750 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2751
2752 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2753 {
2754 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2755 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2756 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2757 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
2758 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2759 {
2760 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2761 * this buffer. */
2762 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2763 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2764 }
2765 }
2766 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2767 {
2768 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2769 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2770 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2771 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2772 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2773 }
2774 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2775 }
2776 }
2777 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2778 curbuf->b_last_change;
2779 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2780 * takes you back to it. */
2781 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2782#endif
2783 }
2784
2785 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
2786 {
2787 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2788 {
2789 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2790 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2791 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2792
2793 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2794 * values for the cursor. */
2795#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2796 /*
2797 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2798 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2799 */
2800 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2801
2802 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2803 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2804 * might be displayed differently.
2805 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2806 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2807 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2808 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2809 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2810 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2811 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2812 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2813
2814 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2815 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2816 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2817 {
2818 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2819 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2820 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2821 }
2822#endif
2823
2824 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2825 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2826 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2827 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2828 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2829 {
2830 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2831 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2832 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2833 }
2834
2835 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2836 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2837 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2838 * after the change. */
2839 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2840 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2841 {
2842 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2843 {
2844 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2845 {
2846 /* line included in change */
2847 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2848 }
2849 else if (xtra != 0)
2850 {
2851 /* line below change */
2852 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2853#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2854 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2855#endif
2856 }
2857 }
2858#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2859 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2860 {
2861 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2862 * may need to be redrawn */
2863 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2864 }
2865#endif
2866 }
2867 }
2868 }
2869
2870 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2871 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2872 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2873 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002874
2875#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2876 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002877 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2878 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002879 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2880#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002881}
2882
2883/*
2884 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2885 */
2886 void
2887unchanged(buf, ff)
2888 buf_T *buf;
2889 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2890{
2891 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2892 {
2893 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002894 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002895 if (ff)
2896 save_file_ff(buf);
2897#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2898 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002899 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002900#endif
2901#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2902 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2903#endif
2904 }
2905 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002906#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2907 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2908#endif
2909}
2910
2911#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2912/*
2913 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2914 * need to be updated
2915 */
2916 void
2917check_status(buf)
2918 buf_T *buf;
2919{
2920 win_T *wp;
2921
2922 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2923 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2924 {
2925 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2926 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2927 must_redraw = VALID;
2928 }
2929}
2930#endif
2931
2932/*
2933 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2934 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2935 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002936 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002937 * will be TRUE.
2938 */
2939 void
2940change_warning(col)
2941 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2942 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2943{
2944 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2945 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2946#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2947 && !autocmd_busy
2948#endif
2949 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2950 {
2951#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002952 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002953 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002954 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002955 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2956 return;
2957#endif
2958 /*
2959 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2960 * be after the mode message.
2961 */
2962 msg_start();
2963 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2964 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002965 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002966 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"),
2967 hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
2968 msg_clr_eos();
2969 (void)msg_end();
2970 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
2971 {
2972 out_flush();
2973 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
2974 }
2975 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
2976 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
2977 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
2978 showmode();
2979 }
2980}
2981
2982/*
2983 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
2984 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
2985 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
2986 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
2987 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
2988 *
2989 * return the 'y' or 'n'
2990 */
2991 int
2992ask_yesno(str, direct)
2993 char_u *str;
2994 int direct;
2995{
2996 int r = ' ';
2997 int save_State = State;
2998
2999 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3000 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3001 ++no_wait_return;
3002#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3003 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3004#endif
3005 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3006#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3007 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3008#endif
3009 ++no_mapping;
3010 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3011
3012 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3013 {
3014 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3015 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3016 if (direct)
3017 r = get_keystroke();
3018 else
3019 r = safe_vgetc();
3020 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3021 r = 'n';
3022 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3023 out_flush();
3024 }
3025 --no_wait_return;
3026 State = save_State;
3027#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3028 setmouse();
3029#endif
3030 --no_mapping;
3031 --allow_keys;
3032
3033 return r;
3034}
3035
3036/*
3037 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3038 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3039 * button (used at the more prompt).
3040 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3041 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3042 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3043 */
3044 int
3045get_keystroke()
3046{
3047#define CBUFLEN 151
3048 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3049 int len = 0;
3050 int n;
3051 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003052 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003053
3054 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3055 for (;;)
3056 {
3057 cursor_on();
3058 out_flush();
3059
3060 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3061 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3062 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3063 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3064 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3065 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3066 if (n > 0)
3067 {
3068 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3069 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3070 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003071 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003072 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003073 else if (len > 0)
3074 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003075
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003076 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3077 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3078 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003079 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003080
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003081 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3082 if (n > 0)
3083 len = n;
3084 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3085 continue;
3086
3087 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3088 n = buf[0];
3089 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3090 {
3091 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3092 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3093 || n == K_IGNORE
3094#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3095 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3096 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3097 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3098 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3099 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3100 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3101 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3102 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3103 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3104 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3105 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3106 || n == K_MOUSEUP
3107 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3108 || n == K_X1DRAG
3109 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3110 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3111 || n == K_X2DRAG
3112 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3113# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3114 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3115 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3116# endif
3117#endif
3118 )
3119 {
3120 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3121 mod_mask = buf[2];
3122 len -= 3;
3123 if (len > 0)
3124 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3125 continue;
3126 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003127 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003128 }
3129#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3130 if (has_mbyte)
3131 {
3132 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3133 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3134 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3135 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3136 }
3137#endif
3138#ifdef UNIX
3139 if (n == intr_char)
3140 n = ESC;
3141#endif
3142 break;
3143 }
3144
3145 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3146 return n;
3147}
3148
3149/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003150 * Get a number from the user.
3151 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003152 */
3153 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003154get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3155 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3156 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003157{
3158 int n = 0;
3159 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003160 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003161
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003162 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3163 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3164
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003165 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3166 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3167 if (msg_silent != 0)
3168 return 0;
3169
3170#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3171 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3172#endif
3173 ++no_mapping;
3174 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3175 for (;;)
3176 {
3177 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3178 c = safe_vgetc();
3179 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3180 {
3181 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3182 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003183 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003184 }
3185 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3186 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003187 if (typed > 0)
3188 {
3189 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3190 --typed;
3191 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003192 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003193 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003194#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3195 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3196 {
3197 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3198 n = mouse_row + 1;
3199 break;
3200 }
3201#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003202 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3203 {
3204 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3205 if (!exmode_active)
3206 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3207 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3208 do_redraw = FALSE;
3209 break;
3210 }
3211 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3212 break;
3213 }
3214 --no_mapping;
3215 --allow_keys;
3216 return n;
3217}
3218
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003219/*
3220 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003221 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3222 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003223 */
3224 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003225prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3226 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003227{
3228 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003229 int save_cmdline_row;
3230 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003231
3232 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003233 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3234 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number or click with mouse (<Enter> cancels): "));
3235 else
3236 MSG_PUTS(_("Choice number (<Enter> cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003237
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003238 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3239 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003240 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003241 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003242 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003243 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003244
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003245 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3246 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003247 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003248 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3249 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003250 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3251 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3252 msg_didany = FALSE;
3253 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003254 else
3255 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3256 State = save_State;
3257
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003258 return i;
3259}
3260
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003261 void
3262msgmore(n)
3263 long n;
3264{
3265 long pn;
3266
3267 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003268 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3269 return;
3270
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003271 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3272 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3273 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3274 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3275 return;
3276
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003277 if (n > 0)
3278 pn = n;
3279 else
3280 pn = -n;
3281
3282 if (pn > p_report)
3283 {
3284 if (pn == 1)
3285 {
3286 if (n > 0)
3287 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3288 else
3289 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3290 }
3291 else
3292 {
3293 if (n > 0)
3294 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3295 else
3296 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3297 }
3298 if (got_int)
3299 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3300 if (msg(msg_buf))
3301 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003302 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003303 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003304 }
3305 }
3306}
3307
3308/*
3309 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3310 */
3311 void
3312beep_flush()
3313{
3314 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3315 {
3316 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3317 vim_beep();
3318 }
3319}
3320
3321/*
3322 * give a warning for an error
3323 */
3324 void
3325vim_beep()
3326{
3327 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3328 {
3329 if (p_vb
3330#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3331 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3332 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3333 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3334#endif
3335 )
3336 {
3337 out_str(T_VB);
3338 }
3339 else
3340 {
3341#ifdef MSDOS
3342 /*
3343 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3344 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3345 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3346 */
3347 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3348 {
3349 out_char(BELL);
3350 beep_count = 1;
3351 }
3352 else
3353 ++beep_count;
3354#else
3355 out_char(BELL);
3356#endif
3357 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003358
3359 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3360 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3361 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3362 {
3363 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3364 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3365 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003366 }
3367}
3368
3369/*
3370 * To get the "real" home directory:
3371 * - get value of $HOME
3372 * For Unix:
3373 * - go to that directory
3374 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3375 * This also works with mounts and links.
3376 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3377 */
3378static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3379
3380 void
3381init_homedir()
3382{
3383 char_u *var;
3384
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003385 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3386 vim_free(homedir);
3387 homedir = NULL;
3388
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003389#ifdef VMS
3390 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3391#else
3392 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3393#endif
3394
3395 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3396 var = NULL;
3397
3398#ifdef WIN3264
3399 /*
3400 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3401 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3402 * when $HOME is being set.
3403 */
3404 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3405 {
3406 char_u *p;
3407 char_u *exp;
3408
3409 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3410 if (p != NULL)
3411 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003412 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003413 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3414 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3415 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3416 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003417 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003418 var = NameBuff;
3419 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3420 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3421 }
3422 }
3423 }
3424
3425 /*
3426 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3427 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3428 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3429 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3430 */
3431 if (var == NULL)
3432 {
3433 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3434
3435 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3436 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
3437 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
3438 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3439 {
3440 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3441 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3442 {
3443 var = NameBuff;
3444 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3445 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3446 }
3447 }
3448 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003449
3450# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3451 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3452 {
3453 int len;
3454 char_u *pp;
3455
3456 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3457 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003458 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003459 if (pp != NULL)
3460 {
3461 homedir = pp;
3462 return;
3463 }
3464 }
3465# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003466#endif
3467
3468#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3469 /*
3470 * Default home dir is C:/
3471 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3472 */
3473 if (var == NULL)
3474 var = "C:/";
3475#endif
3476 if (var != NULL)
3477 {
3478#ifdef UNIX
3479 /*
3480 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3481 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3482 */
3483 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3484 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3485 {
3486 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3487 var = IObuff;
3488 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3489 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3490 }
3491#endif
3492 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3493 }
3494}
3495
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003496#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3497 void
3498free_homedir()
3499{
3500 vim_free(homedir);
3501}
3502#endif
3503
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003504/*
3505 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3506 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
3507 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$".
3508 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3509 */
3510 void
3511expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3512 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3513 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3514 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3515{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003516 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003517}
3518
3519 void
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003520expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, startstr)
3521 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003522 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3523 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3524 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003525 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003526{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003527 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003528 char_u *tail;
3529 int c;
3530 char_u *var;
3531 int copy_char;
3532 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3533 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003534 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003535
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003536 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003537 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003538
3539 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003540 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3541 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3542 {
3543 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003544 if ((*src == '$'
3545#ifdef VMS
3546 && at_start
3547#endif
3548 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003549#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3550 || *src == '%'
3551#endif
3552 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3553 {
3554 mustfree = FALSE;
3555
3556 /*
3557 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3558 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3559 */
3560 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3561 {
3562 tail = src + 1;
3563 var = dst;
3564 c = dstlen - 1;
3565
3566#ifdef UNIX
3567 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3568 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3569 {
3570 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3571 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3572 *var++ = *tail++;
3573 }
3574 else
3575#endif
3576 {
3577 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3578#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3579 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3580#endif
3581 ))
3582 {
3583#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3584 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3585 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3586#else
3587 *var++ = *tail++;
3588#endif
3589 }
3590 }
3591
3592#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3593# ifdef UNIX
3594 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3595# else
3596 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3597# endif
3598 var = NULL;
3599 else
3600 {
3601# ifdef UNIX
3602 if (src[1] == '{')
3603# else
3604 if (*src == '%')
3605#endif
3606 ++tail;
3607#endif
3608 *var = NUL;
3609 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3610#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3611 }
3612#endif
3613 }
3614 /* home directory */
3615 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3616 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3617 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3618 {
3619 var = homedir;
3620 tail = src + 1;
3621 }
3622 else /* user directory */
3623 {
3624#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3625 /*
3626 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3627 */
3628 tail = src;
3629 var = dst;
3630 c = dstlen - 1;
3631 while ( c-- > 0
3632 && *tail
3633 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3634 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3635 *var++ = *tail++;
3636 *var = NUL;
3637# ifdef UNIX
3638 /*
3639 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3640 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3641 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3642 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3643 */
3644# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3645 {
3646 struct passwd *pw;
3647
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003648 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3649 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003650 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3651 if (pw != NULL)
3652 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3653 else
3654 var = NULL;
3655 }
3656 if (var == NULL)
3657# endif
3658 {
3659 expand_T xpc;
3660
3661 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3662 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3663 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3664 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003665 mustfree = TRUE;
3666 }
3667
3668# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3669 /*
3670 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3671 * directories to search for the user account in.
3672 */
3673 {
3674 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3675 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3676 struct stat st;
3677
3678 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3679 next_path = paths;
3680 while (*next_path)
3681 {
3682 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3683 next_path++);
3684 if (*next_path)
3685 *next_path++ = NUL;
3686 STRCPY(test, path);
3687 STRCAT(test, "/");
3688 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3689 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3690 {
3691 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3692 STRCPY(var, test);
3693 mustfree = TRUE;
3694 break;
3695 }
3696 }
3697 }
3698# endif /* UNIX */
3699#else
3700 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3701 var = NULL;
3702 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3703#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3704 }
3705
3706#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3707 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3708 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3709 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3710 {
3711 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3712
3713 if (p != NULL)
3714 {
3715 if (mustfree)
3716 vim_free(var);
3717 var = p;
3718 mustfree = TRUE;
3719 forward_slash(var);
3720 }
3721 }
3722#endif
3723
3724 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3725 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3726 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3727 {
3728 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3729
3730 if (p != NULL)
3731 {
3732 if (mustfree)
3733 vim_free(var);
3734 var = p;
3735 mustfree = TRUE;
3736 }
3737 }
3738
3739 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3740 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3741 {
3742 STRCPY(dst, var);
3743 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003744 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003745 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3746 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003747 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003748#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3749 && dst[-1] != ':'
3750#endif
3751 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3752 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003753 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003754 src = tail;
3755 copy_char = FALSE;
3756 }
3757 if (mustfree)
3758 vim_free(var);
3759 }
3760
3761 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3762 {
3763 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003764 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003765 */
3766 at_start = FALSE;
3767 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3768 {
3769 *dst++ = *src++;
3770 --dstlen;
3771 }
3772 else if (src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',')
3773 at_start = TRUE;
3774 *dst++ = *src++;
3775 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003776
3777 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3778 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3779 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003780 }
3781 }
3782 *dst = NUL;
3783}
3784
3785/*
3786 * Vim's version of getenv().
3787 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003788 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003789 */
3790 char_u *
3791vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3792 char_u *name;
3793 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3794{
3795 char_u *p;
3796 char_u *pend;
3797 int vimruntime;
3798
3799#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3800 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3801 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3802 return homedir;
3803#endif
3804
3805 p = mch_getenv(name);
3806 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3807 p = NULL;
3808
3809 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003810 {
3811#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3812 if (enc_utf8)
3813 {
3814 int len;
3815 char_u *pp;
3816
3817 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3818 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003819 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003820 if (pp != NULL)
3821 {
3822 p = pp;
3823 *mustfree = TRUE;
3824 }
3825 }
3826#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003827 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003828 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003829
3830 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3831 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3832 return NULL;
3833
3834 /*
3835 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3836 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3837 */
3838 if (vimruntime
3839#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3840 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3841#endif
3842 )
3843 {
3844 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3845 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3846 p = NULL;
3847 if (p != NULL)
3848 {
3849 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3850 if (p != NULL)
3851 *mustfree = TRUE;
3852 else
3853 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003854
3855#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3856 if (enc_utf8)
3857 {
3858 int len;
3859 char_u *pp;
3860
3861 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3862 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3863 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003864 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003865 if (pp != NULL)
3866 {
3867 if (mustfree)
3868 vim_free(p);
3869 p = pp;
3870 *mustfree = TRUE;
3871 }
3872 }
3873#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003874 }
3875 }
3876
3877 /*
3878 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3879 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3880 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3881 */
3882 if (p == NULL)
3883 {
3884 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3885 p = p_hf;
3886#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3887 /*
3888 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3889 */
3890 else
3891 p = exe_name;
3892#endif
3893 if (p != NULL)
3894 {
3895 /* remove the file name */
3896 pend = gettail(p);
3897
3898 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3899 if (p == p_hf)
3900 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3901
3902#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3903# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003904 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003905 if (p == exe_name)
3906 {
3907 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003908 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003909
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003910 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3911 if (pend1 != pend)
3912 {
3913 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
3914 if (pnew != NULL)
3915 {
3916 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
3917 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
3918 p = pnew;
3919 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
3920 }
3921 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003922 }
3923# endif
3924 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
3925 if (p == exe_name)
3926 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
3927#endif
3928
3929 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
3930 if (!vimruntime)
3931 {
3932 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
3933 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
3934 }
3935
3936 /* remove trailing path separator */
3937#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
3938 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
3939 /* to avoid confusion between absoulute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003940 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003941 --pend;
3942#endif
3943
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003944#ifdef MACOS_X
3945 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
3946#endif
3947 /* check that the result is a directory name */
3948 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003949
3950 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
3951 {
3952 vim_free(p);
3953 p = NULL;
3954 }
3955 else
3956 {
3957#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3958 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
3959 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
3960 {
3961 vim_free(p);
3962 p = pend;
3963 }
3964#endif
3965 *mustfree = TRUE;
3966 }
3967 }
3968 }
3969
3970#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3971 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
3972 * default_vimruntime_dir */
3973 if (p == NULL)
3974 {
3975 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
3976 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
3977 {
3978 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
3979 *mustfree = FALSE;
3980 }
3981 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
3982 {
3983 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
3984 *mustfree = TRUE;
3985 else
3986 {
3987 p = default_vim_dir;
3988 *mustfree = FALSE;
3989 }
3990 }
3991 }
3992#endif
3993
3994 /*
3995 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
3996 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
3997 */
3998 if (p != NULL)
3999 {
4000 if (vimruntime)
4001 {
4002 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4003 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4004#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4005 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004006 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004007
4008 if (buf != NULL)
4009 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004010 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4011 vim_free(buf);
4012 }
4013 }
4014#endif
4015 }
4016 else
4017 {
4018 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4019 didset_vim = TRUE;
4020 }
4021 }
4022 return p;
4023}
4024
4025/*
4026 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4027 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4028 */
4029 static char_u *
4030vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4031 char_u *vimdir;
4032{
4033 char_u *p;
4034
4035 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4036 return NULL;
4037 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4038 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4039 return p;
4040 vim_free(p);
4041 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4042 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4043 return p;
4044 vim_free(p);
4045 return NULL;
4046}
4047
4048/*
4049 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4050 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4051 */
4052 static char_u *
4053remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4054 char_u *p;
4055 char_u *pend;
4056 char_u *name;
4057{
4058 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4059 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4060
4061 if (newend >= p
4062 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004063 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004064 return newend;
4065 return pend;
4066}
4067
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004068/*
4069 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
4070 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
4071 * again soon.
4072 */
4073 char_u *
4074expand_env_save(src)
4075 char_u *src;
4076{
4077 char_u *p;
4078
4079 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
4080 if (p != NULL)
4081 expand_env(src, p, MAXPATHL);
4082 return p;
4083}
4084
4085/*
4086 * Our portable version of setenv.
4087 */
4088 void
4089vim_setenv(name, val)
4090 char_u *name;
4091 char_u *val;
4092{
4093#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4094 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4095#else
4096 char_u *envbuf;
4097
4098 /*
4099 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4100 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4101 */
4102 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4103 if (envbuf != NULL)
4104 {
4105 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4106 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4107 }
4108#endif
4109}
4110
4111#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4112/*
4113 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4114 */
4115/*ARGSUSED*/
4116 char_u *
4117get_env_name(xp, idx)
4118 expand_T *xp;
4119 int idx;
4120{
4121# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4122 /*
4123 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4124 */
4125 return NULL;
4126# else
4127# ifndef __WIN32__
4128 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4129 extern char **environ;
4130# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004131# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4132 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004133 char_u *str;
4134 int n;
4135
4136 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4137 if (str == NULL)
4138 return NULL;
4139
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004140 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004141 {
4142 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4143 break;
4144 name[n] = str[n];
4145 }
4146 name[n] = NUL;
4147 return name;
4148# endif
4149}
4150#endif
4151
4152/*
4153 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4154 * 'src'.
4155 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4156 */
4157 void
4158home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4159 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4160 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4161 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4162 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4163 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4164 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4165{
4166 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4167 size_t len;
4168 char_u *homedir_env;
4169 char_u *p;
4170
4171 if (src == NULL)
4172 {
4173 *dst = NUL;
4174 return;
4175 }
4176
4177 /*
4178 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4179 */
4180 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4181 {
4182 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4183 return;
4184 }
4185
4186 /*
4187 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4188 * "real" home directory.
4189 */
4190 if (homedir != NULL)
4191 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4192
4193#ifdef VMS
4194 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4195#else
4196 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4197#endif
4198
4199 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4200 homedir_env = NULL;
4201 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4202 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4203
4204 if (!one)
4205 src = skipwhite(src);
4206 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4207 {
4208 /*
4209 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4210 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4211 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4212 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4213 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4214 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4215 * er's home directory)).
4216 */
4217 p = homedir;
4218 len = dirlen;
4219 for (;;)
4220 {
4221 if ( len
4222 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4223 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4224 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4225 || src[len] == NUL))
4226 {
4227 src += len;
4228 if (--dstlen > 0)
4229 *dst++ = '~';
4230
4231 /*
4232 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4233 */
4234 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4235 *dst++ = '/';
4236 break;
4237 }
4238 if (p == homedir_env)
4239 break;
4240 p = homedir_env;
4241 len = envlen;
4242 }
4243
4244 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4245 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4246 *dst++ = *src++;
4247 /* skip separator */
4248 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4249 *dst++ = *src++;
4250 }
4251 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4252
4253 *dst = NUL;
4254}
4255
4256/*
4257 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4258 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4259 */
4260 char_u *
4261home_replace_save(buf, src)
4262 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4263 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4264{
4265 char_u *dst;
4266 unsigned len;
4267
4268 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4269 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4270 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4271 dst = alloc(len);
4272 if (dst != NULL)
4273 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4274 return dst;
4275}
4276
4277/*
4278 * Compare two file names and return:
4279 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4280 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4281 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4282 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4283 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4284 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4285 */
4286 int
4287fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4288 char_u *s1, *s2;
4289 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4290{
4291#ifdef UNIX
4292 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4293 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4294 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4295 struct stat st1, st2;
4296 int r1, r2;
4297
4298 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4299 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4300 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4301 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4302 {
4303 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4304 if (checkname)
4305 {
4306 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4307 return FPC_SAMEX;
4308 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4309 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4310 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4311 return FPC_SAMEX;
4312 }
4313 return FPC_NOTX;
4314 }
4315 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4316 return FPC_DIFFX;
4317 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4318 return FPC_SAME;
4319 return FPC_DIFF;
4320#else
4321 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4322 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4323 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4324 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4325 int r1, r2;
4326
4327 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4328 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4329 {
4330 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4331 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4332
4333 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4334 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4335 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4336
4337 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4338 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4339 {
4340 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4341 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4342 else
4343 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4344 }
4345 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4346 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4347 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4348 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4349 else
4350 retval = FPC_SAME;
4351 vim_free(exp1);
4352 }
4353 return retval;
4354#endif
4355}
4356
4357/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004358 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
4359 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004360 */
4361 char_u *
4362gettail(fname)
4363 char_u *fname;
4364{
4365 char_u *p1, *p2;
4366
4367 if (fname == NULL)
4368 return (char_u *)"";
4369 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4370 {
4371 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4372 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004373 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004374 }
4375 return p1;
4376}
4377
4378/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004379 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4380 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4381 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4382 */
4383 char_u *
4384gettail_sep(fname)
4385 char_u *fname;
4386{
4387 char_u *p;
4388 char_u *t;
4389
4390 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4391 t = gettail(fname);
4392 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4393 --t;
4394#ifdef VMS
4395 /* path separator is part of the path */
4396 ++t;
4397#endif
4398 return t;
4399}
4400
4401/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004402 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4403 */
4404 char_u *
4405getnextcomp(fname)
4406 char_u *fname;
4407{
4408 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004409 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004410 if (*fname)
4411 ++fname;
4412 return fname;
4413}
4414
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004415/*
4416 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4417 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4418 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4419 */
4420 char_u *
4421get_past_head(path)
4422 char_u *path;
4423{
4424 char_u *retval;
4425
4426#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4427 /* may skip "c:" */
4428 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4429 retval = path + 2;
4430 else
4431 retval = path;
4432#else
4433# if defined(AMIGA)
4434 /* may skip "label:" */
4435 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4436 if (retval == NULL)
4437 retval = path;
4438# else /* Unix */
4439 retval = path;
4440# endif
4441#endif
4442
4443 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4444 ++retval;
4445
4446 return retval;
4447}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004448
4449/*
4450 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4451 */
4452 int
4453vim_ispathsep(c)
4454 int c;
4455{
4456#ifdef RISCOS
4457 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4458#else
4459# ifdef UNIX
4460 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4461# else
4462# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4463 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4464# else
4465# ifdef VMS
4466 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4467 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4468 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004469# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004470 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004471# endif /* VMS */
4472# endif
4473# endif
4474#endif /* RISC OS */
4475}
4476
4477#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4478/*
4479 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4480 */
4481 int
4482vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4483 int c;
4484{
4485#ifdef UNIX
4486 return (c == ':');
4487#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004488 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004489#endif
4490}
4491#endif
4492
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004493#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4494 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4495/*
4496 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4497 * It's done in-place.
4498 */
4499 void
4500shorten_dir(str)
4501 char_u *str;
4502{
4503 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4504 int skip = FALSE;
4505
4506 tail = gettail(str);
4507 d = str;
4508 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4509 {
4510 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4511 {
4512 *d++ = *s;
4513 if (*s == NUL)
4514 break;
4515 }
4516 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4517 {
4518 *d++ = *s;
4519 skip = FALSE;
4520 }
4521 else if (!skip)
4522 {
4523 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4524 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4525 skip = TRUE;
4526# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4527 if (has_mbyte)
4528 {
4529 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4530
4531 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004532 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004533 }
4534# endif
4535 }
4536 }
4537}
4538#endif
4539
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004540/*
4541 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4542 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4543 * "fname" must be writable!.
4544 */
4545 int
4546dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4547 char_u *fname;
4548{
4549 char_u *p;
4550 int c;
4551 int retval;
4552
4553 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4554 if (p == fname)
4555 return TRUE;
4556 c = *p;
4557 *p = NUL;
4558 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4559 *p = c;
4560 return retval;
4561}
4562
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004563#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4564 || defined(PROTO)
4565/*
4566 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4567 */
4568 int
4569vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4570 char_u *x, *y;
4571{
4572 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4573}
4574
4575 int
4576vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4577 char_u *x, *y;
4578 size_t len;
4579{
4580 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4581 {
4582 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4583 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4584 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4585 break;
4586 ++x;
4587 ++y;
4588 --len;
4589 }
4590 if (len == 0)
4591 return 0;
4592 return (*x - *y);
4593}
4594#endif
4595
4596/*
4597 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004598 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004599 */
4600 char_u *
4601concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4602 char_u *fname1;
4603 char_u *fname2;
4604 int sep;
4605{
4606 char_u *dest;
4607
4608 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4609 if (dest != NULL)
4610 {
4611 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4612 if (sep)
4613 add_pathsep(dest);
4614 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4615 }
4616 return dest;
4617}
4618
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004619#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
4620/*
4621 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4622 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4623 */
4624 char_u *
4625concat_str(str1, str2)
4626 char_u *str1;
4627 char_u *str2;
4628{
4629 char_u *dest;
4630 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4631
4632 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4633 if (dest != NULL)
4634 {
4635 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4636 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4637 }
4638 return dest;
4639}
4640#endif
4641
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004642/*
4643 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4644 * separator.
4645 */
4646 void
4647add_pathsep(p)
4648 char_u *p;
4649{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004650 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004651 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4652}
4653
4654/*
4655 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4656 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4657 */
4658 char_u *
4659FullName_save(fname, force)
4660 char_u *fname;
4661 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4662 like a full path name */
4663{
4664 char_u *buf;
4665 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4666
4667 if (fname == NULL)
4668 return NULL;
4669
4670 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4671 if (buf != NULL)
4672 {
4673 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4674 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4675 else
4676 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4677 vim_free(buf);
4678 }
4679 return new_fname;
4680}
4681
4682#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4683
4684static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4685
4686/*
4687 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4688 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4689 */
4690 pos_T *
4691find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4692 int ind_maxcomment;
4693{
4694 pos_T *pos;
4695 char_u *line;
4696 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004697 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004698
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004699 for (;;)
4700 {
4701 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4702 if (pos == NULL)
4703 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004704
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004705 /*
4706 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4707 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4708 */
4709 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
4710 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
4711 p = skip_string(p);
4712 if ((unsigned)(p - line) <= pos->col)
4713 break;
4714 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4715 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4716 {
4717 pos = NULL;
4718 break;
4719 }
4720 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004721 return pos;
4722}
4723
4724/*
4725 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4726 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4727 */
4728 static char_u *
4729skip_string(p)
4730 char_u *p;
4731{
4732 int i;
4733
4734 /*
4735 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4736 */
4737 for ( ; ; ++p)
4738 {
4739 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4740 {
4741 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4742 break;
4743 i = 2;
4744 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4745 {
4746 ++i;
4747 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4748 ++i;
4749 }
4750 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4751 {
4752 p += i;
4753 continue;
4754 }
4755 }
4756 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4757 {
4758 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4759 {
4760 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4761 ++p;
4762 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4763 break;
4764 }
4765 if (p[0] == '"')
4766 continue;
4767 }
4768 break; /* no string found */
4769 }
4770 if (!*p)
4771 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4772 return p;
4773}
4774#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4775
4776#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4777
4778/*
4779 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4780 */
4781 void
4782do_c_expr_indent()
4783{
4784# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4785 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4786 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4787 else
4788# endif
4789 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4790}
4791
4792/*
4793 * Functions for C-indenting.
4794 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4795 */
4796/*
4797 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4798 */
4799
4800static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4801static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4802static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4803static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4804static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4805static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4806static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4807static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4808static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4809static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4810static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4811static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4812static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4813static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4814static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4815static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4816static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4817static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4818static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4819static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4820static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004821static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004822static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004823static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004824static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004825static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4826static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4827static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4828static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4829static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4830static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4831static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4832
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004833static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4834
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004835/*
4836 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004837 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004838 */
4839 static char_u *
4840cin_skipcomment(s)
4841 char_u *s;
4842{
4843 while (*s)
4844 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004845 char_u *prev_s = s;
4846
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004847 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004848
4849 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4850 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4851 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4852 {
4853 s += STRLEN(s);
4854 break;
4855 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004856 if (*s != '/')
4857 break;
4858 ++s;
4859 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4860 {
4861 s += STRLEN(s);
4862 break;
4863 }
4864 if (*s != '*')
4865 break;
4866 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4867 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4868 {
4869 s += 2;
4870 break;
4871 }
4872 }
4873 return s;
4874}
4875
4876/*
4877 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4878 * not considered code.
4879 */
4880 static int
4881cin_nocode(s)
4882 char_u *s;
4883{
4884 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4885}
4886
4887/*
4888 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4889 */
4890 static pos_T *
4891find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4892{
4893 static pos_T pos;
4894 char_u *line;
4895 char_u *p;
4896
4897 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4898 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4899 {
4900 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4901 p = skipwhite(line);
4902 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4903 {
4904 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4905 return &pos;
4906 }
4907 if (*p != NUL)
4908 break;
4909 }
4910 return NULL;
4911}
4912
4913/*
4914 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
4915 */
4916 static int
4917cin_islabel_skip(s)
4918 char_u **s;
4919{
4920 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
4921 return FALSE;
4922
4923 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
4924 (*s)++;
4925
4926 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
4927
4928 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
4929 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
4930}
4931
4932/*
4933 * Recognize a label: "label:".
4934 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
4935 */
4936 int
4937cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4938 int ind_maxcomment;
4939{
4940 char_u *s;
4941
4942 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
4943
4944 /*
4945 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
4946 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
4947 */
4948 if (cin_isdefault(s))
4949 return FALSE;
4950 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
4951 return FALSE;
4952
4953 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
4954 {
4955 /*
4956 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
4957 * label.
4958 */
4959 pos_T cursor_save;
4960 pos_T *trypos;
4961 char_u *line;
4962
4963 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
4964 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
4965 {
4966 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
4967
4968 /*
4969 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
4970 */
4971 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
4972 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
4973 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
4974
4975 line = ml_get_curline();
4976 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
4977 continue;
4978 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
4979 continue;
4980
4981 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
4982 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
4983 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
4984 || cin_iscase(line)
4985 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
4986 return TRUE;
4987 return FALSE;
4988 }
4989 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
4990 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
4991 }
4992 return FALSE;
4993}
4994
4995/*
4996 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
4997 * Q&D-Implementation:
4998 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
4999 */
5000 static int
5001cin_isinit(void)
5002{
5003 char_u *s;
5004
5005 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5006
5007 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5008 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5009
5010 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5011 return TRUE;
5012
5013 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5014 return TRUE;
5015
5016 return FALSE;
5017}
5018
5019/*
5020 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5021 */
5022 int
5023cin_iscase(s)
5024 char_u *s;
5025{
5026 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5027 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5028 {
5029 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5030 {
5031 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5032 if (*s == ':')
5033 {
5034 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5035 ++s;
5036 else
5037 return TRUE;
5038 }
5039 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
5040 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
5041 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5042 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5043 else if (*s == '"')
5044 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5045 }
5046 return FALSE;
5047 }
5048
5049 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5050 return TRUE;
5051 return FALSE;
5052}
5053
5054/*
5055 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5056 */
5057 static int
5058cin_isdefault(s)
5059 char_u *s;
5060{
5061 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5062 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5063 && s[1] != ':');
5064}
5065
5066/*
5067 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
5068 */
5069 int
5070cin_isscopedecl(s)
5071 char_u *s;
5072{
5073 int i;
5074
5075 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5076 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5077 i = 6;
5078 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5079 i = 9;
5080 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5081 i = 7;
5082 else
5083 return FALSE;
5084 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5085}
5086
5087/*
5088 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5089 * Return NULL if not found.
5090 * case 234: a = b;
5091 * ^
5092 */
5093 static char_u *
5094after_label(l)
5095 char_u *l;
5096{
5097 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5098 {
5099 if (*l == ':')
5100 {
5101 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5102 ++l;
5103 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
5104 break;
5105 }
5106 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5107 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5108 }
5109 if (*l == NUL)
5110 return NULL;
5111 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5112 if (*l == NUL)
5113 return NULL;
5114 return l;
5115}
5116
5117/*
5118 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5119 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5120 */
5121 static int
5122get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5123 linenr_T lnum;
5124{
5125 char_u *l;
5126 pos_T fp;
5127 colnr_T col;
5128 char_u *p;
5129
5130 l = ml_get(lnum);
5131 p = after_label(l);
5132 if (p == NULL)
5133 return 0;
5134
5135 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5136 fp.lnum = lnum;
5137 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5138 return (int)col;
5139}
5140
5141/*
5142 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005143 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005144 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5145 * ^
5146 */
5147 static int
5148skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5149 linenr_T lnum;
5150 char_u **pp;
5151 int ind_maxcomment;
5152{
5153 char_u *l;
5154 int amount;
5155 pos_T cursor_save;
5156
5157 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5158 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5159 l = ml_get_curline();
5160 /* XXX */
5161 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
5162 {
5163 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5164 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5165 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5166 l = ml_get_curline();
5167 }
5168 else
5169 {
5170 amount = get_indent();
5171 l = ml_get_curline();
5172 }
5173 *pp = l;
5174
5175 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5176 return amount;
5177}
5178
5179/*
5180 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5181 * int a, indent of "a"
5182 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5183 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5184 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5185 */
5186 static int
5187cin_first_id_amount()
5188{
5189 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5190 int len;
5191 pos_T fp;
5192 colnr_T col;
5193
5194 line = ml_get_curline();
5195 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005196 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005197 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5198 {
5199 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005200 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005201 }
5202 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5203 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5204 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5205 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5206 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5207 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5208 {
5209 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5210 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5211 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5212 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5213 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5214 p = s;
5215 }
5216 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5217 ;
5218 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5219 return 0;
5220
5221 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5222 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5223 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5224 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5225 return (int)col;
5226}
5227
5228/*
5229 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5230 * char *foo = "here";
5231 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5232 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5233 * foo = "asdf\
5234 * asdf\
5235 * here";
5236 */
5237 static int
5238cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5239 linenr_T lnum;
5240{
5241 char_u *line;
5242 char_u *s;
5243 colnr_T col;
5244 pos_T fp;
5245
5246 if (lnum > 1)
5247 {
5248 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5249 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5250 return -1;
5251 }
5252
5253 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5254 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5255 {
5256 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5257 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5258 else
5259 ++s;
5260 }
5261 if (*s != '=')
5262 return 0;
5263
5264 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5265 if (cin_nocode(s))
5266 return 0;
5267
5268 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5269 ++s;
5270
5271 fp.lnum = lnum;
5272 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5273 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5274 return (int)col;
5275}
5276
5277/*
5278 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5279 */
5280 static int
5281cin_ispreproc(s)
5282 char_u *s;
5283{
5284 s = skipwhite(s);
5285 if (*s == '#')
5286 return TRUE;
5287 return FALSE;
5288}
5289
5290/*
5291 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5292 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5293 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5294 */
5295 static int
5296cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5297 char_u **pp;
5298 linenr_T *lnump;
5299{
5300 char_u *line = *pp;
5301 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5302 int retval = FALSE;
5303
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005304 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005305 {
5306 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5307 {
5308 retval = TRUE;
5309 *lnump = lnum;
5310 break;
5311 }
5312 if (lnum == 1)
5313 break;
5314 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5315 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5316 break;
5317 }
5318
5319 if (lnum != *lnump)
5320 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5321 return retval;
5322}
5323
5324/*
5325 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5326 */
5327 static int
5328cin_iscomment(p)
5329 char_u *p;
5330{
5331 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5332}
5333
5334/*
5335 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5336 */
5337 static int
5338cin_islinecomment(p)
5339 char_u *p;
5340{
5341 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5342}
5343
5344/*
5345 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5346 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5347 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5348 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5349 */
5350 static int
5351cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5352 char_u *s;
5353 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5354 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5355{
5356 char_u found_start = 0;
5357
5358 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5359
5360 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5361 found_start = *s;
5362
5363 while (*s)
5364 {
5365 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5366 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5367 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5368 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5369 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5370 return *s;
5371
5372 if (*s)
5373 s++;
5374 }
5375 return found_start;
5376}
5377
5378/*
5379 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5380 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5381 * no semicolons anywhere.
5382 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5383 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5384 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5385 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5386 */
5387 static int
5388cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5389 char_u **sp;
5390 linenr_T first_lnum;
5391{
5392 char_u *s;
5393 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5394 int retval = FALSE;
5395
5396 if (sp == NULL)
5397 s = ml_get(lnum);
5398 else
5399 s = *sp;
5400
5401 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5402 {
5403 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5404 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5405 else
5406 ++s;
5407 }
5408 if (*s != '(')
5409 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5410
5411 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5412 {
5413 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5414 {
5415 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5416 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5417 * #if defined(x) && \
5418 * defined(y)
5419 */
5420 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5421 s = ml_get(lnum);
5422 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5423 retval = TRUE;
5424 goto done;
5425 }
5426 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5427 {
5428 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5429 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5430 break;
5431
5432 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5433 }
5434 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5435 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5436 else
5437 ++s;
5438 }
5439
5440done:
5441 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5442 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5443
5444 return retval;
5445}
5446
5447 static int
5448cin_isif(p)
5449 char_u *p;
5450{
5451 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5452}
5453
5454 static int
5455cin_iselse(p)
5456 char_u *p;
5457{
5458 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5459 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5460 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5461}
5462
5463 static int
5464cin_isdo(p)
5465 char_u *p;
5466{
5467 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5468}
5469
5470/*
5471 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5472 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5473 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5474 */
5475 static int
5476cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5477 char_u *p;
5478 linenr_T lnum;
5479 int ind_maxparen;
5480{
5481 pos_T cursor_save;
5482 pos_T *trypos;
5483 int retval = FALSE;
5484
5485 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5486 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5487 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5488 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5489 {
5490 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5491 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5492 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5493 p = ml_get_curline();
5494 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5495 {
5496 ++p;
5497 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5498 }
5499 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5500 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5501 retval = TRUE;
5502 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5503 }
5504 return retval;
5505}
5506
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005507/*
5508 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5509 * do
5510 * nothing;
5511 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005512 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005513 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5514 */
5515 static int
5516cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5517 int terminated;
5518 int ind_maxparen;
5519 int ind_maxcomment;
5520{
5521 char_u *line;
5522 char_u *p;
5523 char_u *s;
5524 pos_T *trypos;
5525 int i;
5526
5527 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5528 return FALSE;
5529
5530 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5531 while (*p != NUL)
5532 {
5533 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5534 if (*p == ')')
5535 {
5536 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5537 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5538 {
5539 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5540 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005541 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005542 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5543 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5544 if (trypos != NULL)
5545 {
5546 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5547 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5548 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5549 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5550 {
5551 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5552 return TRUE;
5553 }
5554 }
5555
5556 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5557 line = ml_get_curline();
5558 p = line + i;
5559 }
5560 }
5561 if (*p != NUL)
5562 ++p;
5563 }
5564 return FALSE;
5565}
5566
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005567 static int
5568cin_isbreak(p)
5569 char_u *p;
5570{
5571 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5572}
5573
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005574/*
5575 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005576 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5577 *
5578 * class MyClass :
5579 * baseClass <-- here
5580 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5581 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5582 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5583 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005584 *
5585 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005586 */
5587 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005588cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005589 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005590{
5591 char_u *s;
5592 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005593 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005594 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005595
5596 *col = 0;
5597
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005598 s = skipwhite(line);
5599 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5600 return FALSE;
5601 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005602 if (*s == NUL)
5603 return FALSE;
5604
5605 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5606
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005607 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5608 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5609 * a = cond ?
5610 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005611 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005612 * func::foo()
5613 * : something
5614 * {}
5615 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5616 * : something(4),
5617 * somethingelse(3)
5618 * {}
5619 */
5620 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005621 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005622 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5623 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005624 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5625 break;
5626 while (*s != NUL)
5627 {
5628 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5629 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5630 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5631 break;
5632 if (*s != NUL)
5633 ++s;
5634 }
5635 if (*s != NUL)
5636 break;
5637 --lnum;
5638 }
5639
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005640 line = ml_get(lnum);
5641 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005642 for (;;)
5643 {
5644 if (*s == NUL)
5645 {
5646 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5647 break;
5648 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005649 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5650 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5651 if (*s == NUL)
5652 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005653 }
5654
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005655 if (s[0] == ':')
5656 {
5657 if (s[1] == ':')
5658 {
5659 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5660 * initialization any more */
5661 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5662 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5663 }
5664 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5665 {
5666 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
5667 * cpp-base-class-declaration or contructor-initialization */
5668 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5669 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5670 *col = 0;
5671 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5672 }
5673 else
5674 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5675 }
5676 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5677 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5678 {
5679 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5680 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5681
5682 if (*s == 'c')
5683 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5684 else
5685 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5686 }
5687 else
5688 {
5689 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5690 {
5691 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5692 }
5693 else if (s[0] == ')')
5694 {
5695 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5696 * something like "):" */
5697 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5698 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5699 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005700 else if (s[0] == '?')
5701 {
5702 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5703 return FALSE;
5704 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005705 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5706 {
5707 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5708 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5709 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5710 }
5711 else if (*col == 0)
5712 {
5713 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5714 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5715
5716 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005717 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005718 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5719 }
5720
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005721 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5722 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5723 *col = 0;
5724
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005725 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5726 }
5727 }
5728
5729 return cpp_base_class;
5730}
5731
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005732 static int
5733get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5734 int col;
5735 int ind_maxparen;
5736 int ind_maxcomment;
5737 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5738{
5739 int amount;
5740 colnr_T vcol;
5741 pos_T *trypos;
5742
5743 if (col == 0)
5744 {
5745 amount = get_indent();
5746 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5747 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5748 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5749 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5750 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5751 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5752 }
5753 else
5754 {
5755 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5756 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5757 amount = (int)vcol;
5758 }
5759 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5760 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5761 return amount;
5762}
5763
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005764/*
5765 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5766 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5767 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5768 */
5769 static int
5770cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5771 char_u *s;
5772 char_u *find;
5773 char_u *ignore;
5774{
5775 char_u *p = s;
5776 char_u *r;
5777 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5778
5779 while (*p != NUL)
5780 {
5781 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5782 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5783 {
5784 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5785 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5786 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5787 if (cin_nocode(r))
5788 return TRUE;
5789 }
5790 if (*p != NUL)
5791 ++p;
5792 }
5793 return FALSE;
5794}
5795
5796/*
5797 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5798 * Return the column found.
5799 */
5800 static int
5801cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5802 pos_T *trypos;
5803{
5804 char_u *line;
5805 char_u *p;
5806
5807 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5808 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5809 {
5810 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5811 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5812 else
5813 {
5814 p = skip_string(p);
5815 ++p;
5816 }
5817 }
5818 return (int)(p - line);
5819}
5820
5821/*
5822 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5823 * Return NULL if no match found.
5824 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5825 * work. */
5826/* foo() */
5827/* { */
5828/* } */
5829
5830 static pos_T *
5831find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5832 int ind_maxcomment;
5833{
5834 pos_T cursor_save;
5835 pos_T *trypos;
5836 pos_T *pos;
5837 static pos_T pos_copy;
5838
5839 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5840 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5841 {
5842 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5843 trypos = &pos_copy;
5844 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5845 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005846 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005847 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5848 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5849 break;
5850 if (pos != NULL)
5851 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5852 }
5853 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5854 return trypos;
5855}
5856
5857/*
5858 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5859 * Return NULL of no match found.
5860 */
5861 static pos_T *
5862find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5863 int ind_maxparen;
5864 int ind_maxcomment;
5865{
5866 pos_T cursor_save;
5867 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005868 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005869
5870 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5871 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5872 {
5873 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5874 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5875 trypos = NULL;
5876 else
5877 {
5878 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5879 trypos = &pos_copy;
5880 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5881 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5882 trypos = NULL;
5883 }
5884 }
5885 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5886 return trypos;
5887}
5888
5889/*
5890 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5891 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5892 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5893 * looking a few lines further.
5894 */
5895 static int
5896corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5897 int ind_maxparen;
5898 pos_T *startpos;
5899{
5900 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5901
5902 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
5903 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
5904 return ind_maxparen;
5905}
5906
5907/*
5908 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
5909 * line "l".
5910 */
5911 static int
5912find_last_paren(l, start, end)
5913 char_u *l;
5914 int start, end;
5915{
5916 int i;
5917 int retval = FALSE;
5918 int open_count = 0;
5919
5920 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
5921
5922 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
5923 {
5924 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
5925 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
5926 if (l[i] == start)
5927 ++open_count;
5928 else if (l[i] == end)
5929 {
5930 if (open_count > 0)
5931 --open_count;
5932 else
5933 {
5934 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5935 retval = TRUE;
5936 }
5937 }
5938 }
5939 return retval;
5940}
5941
5942 int
5943get_c_indent()
5944{
5945 /*
5946 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
5947 * block should be
5948 */
5949 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5950
5951 /*
5952 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
5953 * line is imagined to be.
5954 */
5955 int ind_open_imag = 0;
5956
5957 /*
5958 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
5959 * an opening brace.
5960 */
5961 int ind_no_brace = 0;
5962
5963 /*
5964 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
5965 */
5966 int ind_first_open = 0;
5967
5968 /*
5969 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
5970 * located
5971 */
5972 int ind_open_extra = 0;
5973
5974 /*
5975 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
5976 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
5977 * brace should be located
5978 */
5979 int ind_close_extra = 0;
5980
5981 /*
5982 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
5983 * column is imagined to be
5984 */
5985 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
5986
5987 /*
5988 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
5989 */
5990 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5991
5992 /*
5993 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
5994 */
5995 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
5996
5997 /*
5998 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
5999 */
6000 int ind_case_break = 0;
6001
6002 /*
6003 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6004 * should be located
6005 */
6006 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6007
6008 /*
6009 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6010 */
6011 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6012
6013 /*
6014 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6015 */
6016 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6017
6018 /*
6019 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6020 */
6021 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6022
6023 /*
6024 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6025 * should be indented
6026 */
6027 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6028
6029 /*
6030 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6031 * should be located
6032 */
6033 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6034
6035 /*
6036 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6037 */
6038 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6039
6040 /*
6041 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6042 * itself is also unclosed
6043 */
6044 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6045
6046 /*
6047 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6048 * unclosed parentheses.
6049 */
6050 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6051
6052 /*
6053 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6054 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6055 * context (for very long lines).
6056 */
6057 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6058
6059 /*
6060 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6061 * an unclosed parentheses.
6062 */
6063 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6064
6065 /*
6066 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6067 * opening parentheses.
6068 */
6069 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6070
6071 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006072 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6073 */
6074 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6075
6076 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006077 * Extra indent for comments.
6078 */
6079 int ind_comment = 0;
6080
6081 /*
6082 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6083 */
6084 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6085
6086 /*
6087 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6088 * after the comment opener.
6089 */
6090 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6091
6092 /*
6093 * max lines to search for an open paren
6094 */
6095 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6096
6097 /*
6098 * max lines to search for an open comment
6099 */
6100 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6101
6102 /*
6103 * handle braces for java code
6104 */
6105 int ind_java = 0;
6106
6107 /*
6108 * handle blocked cases correctly
6109 */
6110 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6111
6112 pos_T cur_curpos;
6113 int amount;
6114 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006115 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006116 colnr_T col;
6117 char_u *theline;
6118 char_u *linecopy;
6119 pos_T *trypos;
6120 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6121 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6122 char_u *start;
6123 int start_brace;
6124#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in comumn 0 */
6125#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6126#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6127 linenr_T ourscope;
6128 char_u *l;
6129 char_u *look;
6130 char_u terminated;
6131 int lookfor;
6132#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6133#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6134#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6135#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6136#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6137#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6138#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6139#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6140#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6141#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6142#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6143
6144 int whilelevel;
6145 linenr_T lnum;
6146 char_u *options;
6147 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6148 int divider;
6149 int n;
6150 int iscase;
6151 int lookfor_break;
6152 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
6153
6154 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6155 {
6156 l = options++;
6157 if (*options == '-')
6158 ++options;
6159 n = getdigits(&options);
6160 divider = 0;
6161 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6162 {
6163 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6164 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6165 {
6166 ++options;
6167 if (divider)
6168 divider *= 10;
6169 else
6170 divider = 10;
6171 }
6172 }
6173 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6174 {
6175 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6176 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6177 else
6178 {
6179 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6180 if (divider)
6181 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6182 }
6183 ++options;
6184 }
6185 if (l[1] == '-')
6186 n = -n;
6187 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006188 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006189 switch (*l)
6190 {
6191 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6192 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6193 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6194 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6195 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6196 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6197 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
6198 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6199 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6200 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6201 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6202 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6203 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6204 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6205 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6206 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6207 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6208 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6209 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6210 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6211 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6212 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6213 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006214 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006215 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6216 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6217 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6218 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6219 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
6220 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006221 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006222 }
6223 }
6224
6225 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6226 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6227
6228 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6229 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6230 * ml_get is valid! */
6231 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6232 if (linecopy == NULL)
6233 return 0;
6234
6235 /*
6236 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6237 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6238 * inserting new stuff.
6239 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6240 * check for that.
6241 */
6242 if ((State & INSERT)
6243 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
6244 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6245 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6246
6247 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6248
6249 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6250
6251 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6252
6253 /*
6254 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6255 */
6256 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6257 {
6258 amount = 0;
6259 }
6260
6261 /*
6262 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
6263 */
6264 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
6265 {
6266 amount = 0;
6267 }
6268
6269 /*
6270 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6271 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6272 */
6273 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6274 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6275 {
6276 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6277 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6278 amount = col;
6279 }
6280
6281 /*
6282 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6283 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6284 */
6285 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6286 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6287 {
6288 int lead_start_len = 2;
6289 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6290 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6291 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6292 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6293 char_u *p;
6294 int start_align = 0;
6295 int start_off = 0;
6296 int done = FALSE;
6297
6298 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6299 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6300 amount = col;
6301
6302 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6303 while (*p != NUL)
6304 {
6305 int align = 0;
6306 int off = 0;
6307 int what = 0;
6308
6309 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6310 {
6311 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6312 what = *p++;
6313 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6314 align = *p++;
6315 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6316 off = getdigits(&p);
6317 else
6318 ++p;
6319 }
6320
6321 if (*p == ':')
6322 ++p;
6323 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6324 if (what == COM_START)
6325 {
6326 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6327 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6328 start_off = off;
6329 start_align = align;
6330 }
6331 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6332 {
6333 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6334 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6335 }
6336 else if (what == COM_END)
6337 {
6338 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6339 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6340 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6341 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6342 {
6343 done = TRUE;
6344 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6345 {
6346 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
6347 * line, use the indent of that line pluss offset. If
6348 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6349 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6350 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6351 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6352 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6353 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6354 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6355 {
6356 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6357 break;
6358 }
6359 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6360 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6361 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6362 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6363 continue;
6364 }
6365 if (start_off != 0)
6366 amount += start_off;
6367 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006368 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6369 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006370 break;
6371 }
6372
6373 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6374 * with the middle comment */
6375 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6376 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6377 {
6378 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6379 /* XXX */
6380 if (off != 0)
6381 amount += off;
6382 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006383 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6384 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006385 done = TRUE;
6386 break;
6387 }
6388 }
6389 }
6390
6391 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6392 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6393 * with the first character of the comment text.
6394 */
6395 if (done)
6396 ;
6397 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6398 amount += 1;
6399 else
6400 {
6401 /*
6402 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6403 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6404 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6405 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6406 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6407 */
6408 amount = -1;
6409 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6410 {
6411 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6412 continue;
6413 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6414 break;
6415 }
6416 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6417 {
6418 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6419 {
6420 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6421 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6422 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6423 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6424 }
6425 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6426 amount = col;
6427 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6428 amount += ind_in_comment;
6429 }
6430 }
6431 }
6432
6433 /*
6434 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6435 */ /* XXX */
6436 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6437 && ind_java == 0)
6438 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6439 || trypos != NULL)
6440 {
6441 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6442 {
6443 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6444 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6445 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6446 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6447 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6448 trypos = NULL;
6449 else
6450 tryposBrace = NULL;
6451 }
6452
6453 if (trypos != NULL)
6454 {
6455 /*
6456 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6457 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6458 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006459 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006460 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006461 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6462 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6463 }
6464 else
6465 {
6466 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006467 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6468 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006469 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006470 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6471 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6472 continue;
6473 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6474 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6475 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006476
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006477 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6478 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6479 {
6480 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6481 continue;
6482 }
6483
6484 /* XXX */
6485 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6486 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006487 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006488 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6489 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6490 {
6491 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006492
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006493 if (theline[0] == ')')
6494 {
6495 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6496 && cur_amount > amount)
6497 cur_amount = amount;
6498 amount = -1;
6499 }
6500 break;
6501 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006502 }
6503 }
6504
6505 /*
6506 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6507 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6508 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6509 */
6510 if (amount == -1)
6511 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006512 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6513
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006514 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006515 look = skipwhite(look);
6516 if (*look == '(')
6517 {
6518 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6519 char_u *line;
6520 int look_col;
6521
6522 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6523 * our matching '('. */
6524 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6525 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006526 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006527 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6528 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6529 != NULL
6530 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6531 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6532 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6533
6534 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6535 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6536 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006537 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006538 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6539 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006540 {
6541 /*
6542 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6543 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6544 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6545 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6546 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6547 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6548 * lines).
6549 */
6550 if (theline[0] != ')')
6551 {
6552 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6553 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6554 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6555 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6556 {
6557 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6558 * for each additional level */
6559 n = 1;
6560 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6561 {
6562 switch (l[col])
6563 {
6564 case '(':
6565 case '{': ++n;
6566 break;
6567
6568 case ')':
6569 case '}': if (n > 1)
6570 --n;
6571 break;
6572 }
6573 }
6574
6575 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6576 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6577 }
6578 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6579 our_paren_pos.col++;
6580 else
6581 {
6582 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6583 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6584 col++;
6585 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6586 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6587 else
6588 our_paren_pos.col++;
6589 }
6590 }
6591
6592 /*
6593 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6594 * if we did the above "if".
6595 */
6596 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6597 {
6598 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6599 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6600 cur_amount = col;
6601 }
6602 }
6603
6604 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6605 {
6606 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6607 }
6608 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006609 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006610 {
6611 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6612 amount = cur_amount;
6613 }
6614 else
6615 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006616 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6617 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006618 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006619 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006620 {
6621 --our_paren_pos.col;
6622 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6623 {
6624 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6625 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6626 break;
6627 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6628 col = MAXCOL;
6629 break;
6630 }
6631 }
6632
6633 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6634 * braces */
6635 if (col == MAXCOL)
6636 amount += ind_unclosed;
6637 else
6638 {
6639 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6640 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6641 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6642 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6643 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6644 else
6645 amount += ind_unclosed;
6646 }
6647 /*
6648 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6649 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6650 * lines:
6651 * func_long_name( if (x
6652 * arg && yy
6653 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6654 */
6655 if (cur_amount < amount)
6656 amount = cur_amount;
6657 }
6658 }
6659
6660 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6661 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6662 amount += ind_comment;
6663 }
6664
6665 /*
6666 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6667 */
6668 else
6669 {
6670 trypos = tryposBrace;
6671
6672 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6673 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6674
6675 /*
6676 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6677 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6678 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6679 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6680 */
6681 look = skipwhite(start);
6682 if (*look == '{')
6683 {
6684 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6685 amount = col;
6686 if (*start == '{')
6687 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6688 else
6689 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6690 }
6691 else
6692 {
6693 /*
6694 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6695 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6696 */
6697 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6698
6699 /*
6700 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6701 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6702 */
6703 lnum = ourscope;
6704 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6705 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6706 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6707 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6708
6709 /*
6710 * It could have been something like
6711 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6712 * ldfd) {
6713 * }
6714 */
6715 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
6716 amount = get_indent();
6717 else
6718 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6719
6720 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6721 }
6722
6723 /*
6724 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6725 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6726 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6727 */
6728 if (theline[0] == '}')
6729 {
6730 /*
6731 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6732 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6733 */
6734 amount += ind_close_extra;
6735 }
6736 else
6737 {
6738 /*
6739 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6740 * to match it with.
6741 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6742 * to match it with.
6743 */
6744 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6745 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6746 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6747 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6748 /* XXX */
6749 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6750 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6751 {
6752 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6753 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6754 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6755 {
6756 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6757 goto theend;
6758 }
6759 }
6760
6761 /*
6762 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6763 * failed to find a matching "if").
6764 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6765 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6766 */
6767
6768 /*
6769 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6770 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6771 * location for ind_open_extra.
6772 */
6773
6774 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6775 {
6776 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6777 }
6778 else
6779 {
6780 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6781 amount += ind_open_imag;
6782 else
6783 {
6784 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6785 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6786 if (amount < 0)
6787 amount = 0;
6788 }
6789 }
6790
6791 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6792
6793 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
6794 {
6795 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6796 amount += ind_case;
6797 }
6798 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6799 {
6800 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6801 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6802 }
6803 else
6804 {
6805 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6806 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6807
6808 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6809 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6810 }
6811 scope_amount = amount;
6812 whilelevel = 0;
6813
6814 /*
6815 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6816 * with that.
6817 *
6818 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6819 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6820 * that opens the block.
6821 */
6822 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6823 for (;;)
6824 {
6825 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6826 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6827
6828 /*
6829 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6830 * up with it.
6831 */
6832 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6833 {
6834 /* we reached end of scope:
6835 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6836 * go further back:
6837 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6838 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6839 * declaration:
6840 * int x,
6841 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6842 */
6843 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6844 {
6845 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6846 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6847 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6848 {
6849 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6850 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6851 * initialization) */
6852 if (cont_amount > 0)
6853 amount = cont_amount;
6854 else
6855 amount += ind_continuation;
6856 break;
6857 }
6858
6859 l = ml_get_curline();
6860
6861 /*
6862 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6863 * comment.
6864 */
6865 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6866 if (trypos != NULL)
6867 {
6868 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6869 continue;
6870 }
6871
6872 /*
6873 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
6874 */
6875 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6876 continue;
6877
6878 if (cin_nocode(l))
6879 continue;
6880
6881 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6882
6883 /*
6884 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
6885 * function declaration, we are done
6886 * (it's a variable declaration).
6887 */
6888 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
6889 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6890 {
6891 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
6892 * it is a continued variable initialization.
6893 * don't add extra indent.
6894 * TODO: does not work, if a function
6895 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
6896 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
6897 */
6898 if (terminated == ',')
6899 break;
6900
6901 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
6902 * we are done.
6903 */
6904 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
6905 break;
6906
6907 /* nothing useful found */
6908 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
6909 continue;
6910 }
6911
6912 if (terminated != ';')
6913 {
6914 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
6915 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
6916 * will take us back to the start of the line.
6917 */ /* XXX */
6918 trypos = NULL;
6919 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
6920 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6921 ind_maxcomment);
6922
6923 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
6924 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
6925
6926 if (trypos != NULL)
6927 {
6928 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6929 continue;
6930 }
6931 }
6932
6933 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
6934 * like in
6935 * int a,
6936 * b;
6937 */
6938 if (cont_amount > 0)
6939 amount = cont_amount;
6940 else
6941 amount += ind_continuation;
6942 }
6943 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
6944 {
6945 if (cont_amount > 0)
6946 amount = cont_amount;
6947 else
6948 amount += ind_continuation;
6949 }
6950 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
6951 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6952 {
6953 amount = scope_amount;
6954 if (theline[0] == '{')
6955 amount += ind_open_extra;
6956 }
6957 break;
6958 }
6959
6960 /*
6961 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
6962 */ /* XXX */
6963 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6964 {
6965 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6966 continue;
6967 }
6968
6969 l = ml_get_curline();
6970
6971 /*
6972 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00006973 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006974 */
6975 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
6976 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
6977 {
6978 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
6979 * declaration/initialization any longer */
6980 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
6981 break;
6982
6983 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
6984 * labels. */
6985 if (whilelevel > 0)
6986 continue;
6987
6988 /*
6989 * case xx:
6990 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
6991 *-> here;
6992 */
6993 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
6994 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6995 {
6996 if (cont_amount > 0)
6997 amount = cont_amount;
6998 else
6999 amount += ind_continuation;
7000 break;
7001 }
7002
7003 /*
7004 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7005 * x = 333;
7006 * case yy:
7007 */
7008 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7009 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7010 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7011 {
7012 /*
7013 * Check that this case label is not for another
7014 * switch()
7015 */ /* XXX */
7016 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7017 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7018 {
7019 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7020 break;
7021 }
7022 continue;
7023 }
7024
7025 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7026
7027 /*
7028 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7029 * y = y + 1;
7030 * -> s = 99;
7031 *
7032 * case xx:
7033 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7034 * y = y + 1;
7035 * -> s = 99;
7036 */
7037 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7038 {
7039 if (n)
7040 amount = n;
7041
7042 if (!lookfor_break)
7043 break;
7044 }
7045
7046 /*
7047 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7048 * -> y = y + 1;
7049 *
7050 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7051 * -> y = y + 1;
7052 */
7053 if (n)
7054 {
7055 amount = n;
7056 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7057 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007058 {
7059 if (theline[0] == '{')
7060 amount += ind_open_extra;
7061 else
7062 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7063 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007064 break;
7065 }
7066
7067 /*
7068 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7069 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7070 * switch label.
7071 * break; <- may line up with this line
7072 * case xx:
7073 * -> y = 1;
7074 */
7075 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7076 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7077 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7078 continue;
7079 }
7080
7081 /*
7082 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7083 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7084 */
7085 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7086 {
7087 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7088 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7089 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
7090 continue;
7091 }
7092
7093 /*
7094 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7095 */
7096 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
7097 {
7098 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7099 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7100 continue;
7101 }
7102
7103 /*
7104 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7105 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7106 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7107 * unlocked it)
7108 */
7109 l = ml_get_curline();
7110 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7111 || cin_nocode(l))
7112 continue;
7113
7114 /*
7115 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7116 * constructor initialization?
7117 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007118 n = FALSE;
7119 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7120 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007121 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007122 l = ml_get_curline();
7123 }
7124 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007125 {
7126 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7127 {
7128 if (cont_amount > 0)
7129 amount = cont_amount;
7130 else
7131 amount += ind_continuation;
7132 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007133 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007134 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007135 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7136 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7137 ind_continuation = 0;
7138 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007139 }
7140 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007141 /* XXX */
7142 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7143 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007144 break;
7145 }
7146 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7147 {
7148 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007149 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7150 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007151 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7152 break;
7153 else
7154 continue;
7155 }
7156
7157 /*
7158 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7159 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007160 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007161 * 123,
7162 * sizeof
7163 * here
7164 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7165 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7166 * (indented).
7167 */
7168 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7169
7170 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7171 && terminated == ','))
7172 {
7173 /*
7174 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7175 * go back to the line that starts it so
7176 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7177 * if ( foo &&
7178 * bar )
7179 */
7180 /*
7181 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7182 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7183 */
7184 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7185 trypos = find_match_paren(
7186 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7187 ind_maxcomment);
7188
7189 /*
7190 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7191 * braces.
7192 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007193 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7194 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007195 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7196
7197 if (trypos != NULL)
7198 {
7199 /*
7200 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7201 * handled above.
7202 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7203 * asdf)
7204 */
7205 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7206 l = ml_get_curline();
7207 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7208 {
7209 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7210 continue;
7211 }
7212 }
7213
7214 /*
7215 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7216 * indent from
7217 * char *usethis = "bla\
7218 * bla",
7219 * here;
7220 */
7221 if (terminated == ',')
7222 {
7223 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7224 {
7225 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7226 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7227 break;
7228 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7229 }
7230 }
7231
7232 /*
7233 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7234 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7235 */
7236 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7237 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7238
7239 /*
7240 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7241 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7242 * while (not)
7243 * -> {
7244 * }
7245 */
7246 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7247 && theline[0] == '{')
7248 {
7249 amount = cur_amount;
7250 /*
7251 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7252 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7253 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7254 * { 1, 2 },
7255 * -> { 3, 4 }
7256 */
7257 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7258 amount += ind_open_extra;
7259
7260 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7261 {
7262 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7263 * class declaration or initialization */
7264 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7265 continue;
7266 }
7267 break;
7268 }
7269
7270 /*
7271 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7272 * Also allow " } else".
7273 */
7274 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7275 {
7276 /*
7277 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7278 * with the last one.
7279 * if (cond)
7280 * 100 +
7281 * -> here;
7282 */
7283 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7284 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7285 {
7286 if (cont_amount > 0)
7287 amount = cont_amount;
7288 else
7289 amount += ind_continuation;
7290 break;
7291 }
7292
7293 /*
7294 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7295 * are finished.
7296 * while (not)
7297 * -> here;
7298 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7299 * before this is terminated.
7300 * yyy;
7301 * if (stat)
7302 * while (not)
7303 * xxx;
7304 * -> here;
7305 */
7306 amount = cur_amount;
7307 if (theline[0] == '{')
7308 amount += ind_open_extra;
7309 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7310 {
7311 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7312 break;
7313 }
7314
7315 /*
7316 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7317 * do, line up with the while()
7318 * do
7319 * x = 1;
7320 * -> here
7321 */
7322 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7323 if (cin_isdo(l))
7324 {
7325 if (whilelevel == 0)
7326 break;
7327 --whilelevel;
7328 }
7329
7330 /*
7331 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7332 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7333 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7334 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7335 */
7336 if (cin_iselse(l)
7337 && whilelevel == 0
7338 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7339 == NULL
7340 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7341 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7342 break;
7343 }
7344
7345 /*
7346 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7347 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007348 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007349 * the line before this one.
7350 */
7351 else
7352 {
7353 /*
7354 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7355 * the last one.
7356 * c = 99 +
7357 * 100 +
7358 * -> here;
7359 */
7360 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7361 {
7362 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7363 if (terminated == ',')
7364 amount += ind_continuation;
7365 break;
7366 }
7367
7368 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7369 {
7370 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7371 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7372 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7373 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7374 * enumerations/initializations. */
7375 if (terminated == ',')
7376 {
7377 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7378 break;
7379
7380 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7381 continue;
7382 }
7383
7384 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7385 * reduce indent. */
7386 if (amount > cur_amount)
7387 amount = cur_amount;
7388 }
7389 else
7390 {
7391 /*
7392 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7393 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7394 * 100 +
7395 * -> here;
7396 */
7397 amount = cur_amount;
7398
7399 /*
7400 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7401 * are in an initialization or enum
7402 * struct xxx =
7403 * {
7404 * sizeof a,
7405 * 124 };
7406 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7407 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7408 * yet.
7409 */
7410 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7411 {
7412 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7413 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7414 }
7415 else
7416 {
7417 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7418 && *l != NUL
7419 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7420 /* XXX */
7421 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7422 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7423 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7424 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7425 }
7426 }
7427 }
7428 }
7429
7430 /*
7431 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7432 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7433 */
7434 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007435 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7436 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007437 {
7438 /*
7439 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7440 * with the last one.
7441 * while (cond);
7442 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7443 * -> here;
7444 */
7445 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7446 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7447 {
7448 if (cont_amount > 0)
7449 amount = cont_amount;
7450 else
7451 amount += ind_continuation;
7452 break;
7453 }
7454
7455 if (whilelevel == 0)
7456 {
7457 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7458 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7459 if (theline[0] == '{')
7460 amount += ind_open_extra;
7461 }
7462 ++whilelevel;
7463 }
7464
7465 /*
7466 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7467 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7468 * indent of that other statement.
7469 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7470 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7471 */
7472 else
7473 {
7474 /*
7475 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7476 * may be lined up with the case label.
7477 */
7478 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7479 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7480 {
7481 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7482 continue;
7483 }
7484
7485 /*
7486 * Handle "do {" line.
7487 */
7488 if (whilelevel > 0)
7489 {
7490 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7491 if (cin_isdo(l))
7492 {
7493 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7494 --whilelevel;
7495 continue;
7496 }
7497 }
7498
7499 /*
7500 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7501 * the amount for a continuation line.
7502 * x = 1;
7503 * y = foo +
7504 * -> here;
7505 * or
7506 * int x = 1;
7507 * int foo,
7508 * -> here;
7509 */
7510 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7511 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7512 {
7513 if (cont_amount > 0)
7514 amount = cont_amount;
7515 else
7516 amount += ind_continuation;
7517 break;
7518 }
7519
7520 /*
7521 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7522 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7523 * x = 1; x = 1;
7524 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7525 * while (asdf) ->here;
7526 * here;
7527 * ->foo;
7528 */
7529 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7530 {
7531 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7532 break;
7533 }
7534
7535 /*
7536 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7537 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7538 * a terminated line.
7539 */
7540 else
7541 {
7542 /*
7543 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7544 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7545 * the line. Helps for:
7546 * func(asdr,
7547 * asdfasdf);
7548 * here;
7549 */
7550term_again:
7551 l = ml_get_curline();
7552 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7553 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7554 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7555 {
7556 /*
7557 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7558 * handled above.
7559 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7560 * asdf)
7561 */
7562 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7563 l = ml_get_curline();
7564 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7565 {
7566 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7567 continue;
7568 }
7569 }
7570
7571 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7572 * with a statement after it.
7573 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7574 * stat;
7575 * }
7576 * case 2:
7577 * stat;
7578 * }
7579 */
7580 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
7581
7582 /*
7583 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7584 * ignoring any jump label.
7585 */
7586 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7587 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7588
7589 if (theline[0] == '{')
7590 amount += ind_open_extra;
7591 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007592 l = skipwhite(l);
7593 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007594 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7595 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7596
7597 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007598 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7599 * the matching "if":
7600 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007601 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007602 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7603 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7604 */
7605 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7606 && *l != '}'
7607 && cin_iselse(l)
7608 && whilelevel == 0)
7609 {
7610 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7611 == NULL
7612 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7613 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7614 break;
7615 continue;
7616 }
7617
7618 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007619 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7620 * that block.
7621 */
7622 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7623 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7624 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7625 != NULL) /* XXX */
7626 {
7627 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7628 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7629 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7630 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7631 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7632 goto term_again;
7633 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7634 }
7635 }
7636 }
7637 }
7638 }
7639 }
7640
7641 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7642 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7643 amount += ind_comment;
7644 }
7645
7646 /*
7647 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7648 *
7649 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7650 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7651 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7652 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7653 */
7654 else
7655 {
7656 /*
7657 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7658 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7659 * of a function
7660 */
7661
7662 if (theline[0] == '{')
7663 {
7664 amount = ind_first_open;
7665 }
7666
7667 /*
7668 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7669 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
7670 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
7671 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
7672 */
7673 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7674 && !cin_nocode(theline)
7675 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7676 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7677 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7678 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7679 {
7680 amount = ind_func_type;
7681 }
7682 else
7683 {
7684 amount = 0;
7685 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7686
7687 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7688
7689 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7690 {
7691 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7692 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7693
7694 l = ml_get_curline();
7695
7696 /*
7697 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7698 */ /* XXX */
7699 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7700 {
7701 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
7702 continue;
7703 }
7704
7705 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007706 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7707 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007708 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007709 n = FALSE;
7710 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7711 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007712 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007713 l = ml_get_curline();
7714 }
7715 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007716 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007717 /* XXX */
7718 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7719 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007720 break;
7721 }
7722
7723 /*
7724 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7725 */
7726 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7727 continue;
7728
7729 if (cin_nocode(l))
7730 continue;
7731
7732 /*
7733 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7734 * indentation:
7735 * int foo,
7736 * bar;
7737 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7738 * enum foobar
7739 * {
7740 * ...
7741 * } foo,
7742 * bar;
7743 */
7744 n = 0;
7745 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7746 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7747 {
7748 /* take us back to opening paren */
7749 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7750 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7751 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7752 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7753
7754 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7755 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7756 * char *foo = "bla\
7757 * bla",
7758 * here;
7759 */
7760 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7761 {
7762 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7763 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7764 break;
7765 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
7766 }
7767
7768 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7769
7770 if (amount == 0)
7771 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7772 if (amount == 0)
7773 amount = ind_continuation;
7774 break;
7775 }
7776
7777 /*
7778 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7779 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7780 */
7781 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7782 break;
7783 l = ml_get_curline();
7784
7785 /*
7786 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7787 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7788 */
7789 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7790 break;
7791
7792 /* (matching {)
7793 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7794 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7795 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7796 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7797 */
7798 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7799 break;
7800
7801 /*
7802 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7803 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7804 * parameters.
7805 */
7806 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7807 {
7808 amount = ind_param;
7809 break;
7810 }
7811
7812 /*
7813 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7814 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7815 * int foo,
7816 * bar;
7817 * indent_to_0 here;
7818 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007819 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007820 {
7821 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7822 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7823 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7824 break;
7825 l = ml_get_curline();
7826 }
7827
7828 /*
7829 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7830 * use the indent of this line.
7831 *
7832 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7833 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7834 */
7835 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7836
7837 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7838 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7839 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
7840 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7841 break;
7842 }
7843
7844 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7845 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7846 amount += ind_comment;
7847
7848 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7849 * "asdfasdf\
7850 * here";
7851 * char *foo = "asdf\
7852 * here";
7853 */
7854 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
7855 {
7856 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7857 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7858 {
7859 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7860 if (cur_amount > 0)
7861 amount = cur_amount;
7862 else if (cur_amount == 0)
7863 amount += ind_continuation;
7864 }
7865 }
7866 }
7867 }
7868
7869theend:
7870 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
7871 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7872
7873 vim_free(linecopy);
7874
7875 if (amount < 0)
7876 return 0;
7877 return amount;
7878}
7879
7880 static int
7881find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
7882 int lookfor;
7883 linenr_T ourscope;
7884 int ind_maxparen;
7885 int ind_maxcomment;
7886{
7887 char_u *look;
7888 pos_T *theirscope;
7889 char_u *mightbeif;
7890 int elselevel;
7891 int whilelevel;
7892
7893 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7894 {
7895 elselevel = 1;
7896 whilelevel = 0;
7897 }
7898 else
7899 {
7900 elselevel = 0;
7901 whilelevel = 1;
7902 }
7903
7904 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7905
7906 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
7907 {
7908 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7909 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7910
7911 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7912 if (cin_iselse(look)
7913 || cin_isif(look)
7914 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
7915 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7916 {
7917 /*
7918 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
7919 * we must be out of scope...
7920 */
7921 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
7922 if (theirscope == NULL)
7923 break;
7924
7925 /*
7926 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
7927 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
7928 * out of luck too.
7929 */
7930 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
7931 break;
7932
7933 /*
7934 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
7935 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
7936 * different scope...
7937 */
7938 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
7939 continue;
7940
7941 /*
7942 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
7943 * then we need to go back to another if, so
7944 * increment elselevel
7945 */
7946 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7947 if (cin_iselse(look))
7948 {
7949 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
7950 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
7951 ++elselevel;
7952 continue;
7953 }
7954
7955 /*
7956 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
7957 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
7958 */
7959 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
7960 {
7961 ++whilelevel;
7962 continue;
7963 }
7964
7965 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
7966 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7967 if (cin_isif(look))
7968 {
7969 elselevel--;
7970 /*
7971 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
7972 * get in the way.
7973 */
7974 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
7975 whilelevel = 0;
7976 }
7977
7978 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
7979 if (cin_isdo(look))
7980 whilelevel--;
7981
7982 /*
7983 * if we've used up all the elses, then
7984 * this must be the if that we want!
7985 * match the indent level of that if.
7986 */
7987 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
7988 {
7989 return OK;
7990 }
7991 }
7992 }
7993 return FAIL;
7994}
7995
7996# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
7997/*
7998 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
7999 */
8000 int
8001get_expr_indent()
8002{
8003 int indent;
8004 pos_T pos;
8005 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008006 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8007 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008008
8009 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8010 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008011 if (use_sandbox)
8012 ++sandbox;
8013 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008014 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008015 if (use_sandbox)
8016 --sandbox;
8017 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008018
8019 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8020 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8021 * command. */
8022 save_State = State;
8023 State = INSERT;
8024 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8025 check_cursor();
8026 State = save_State;
8027
8028 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8029 if (indent < 0)
8030 indent = get_indent();
8031
8032 return indent;
8033}
8034# endif
8035
8036#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8037
8038#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8039
8040static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8041
8042 static int
8043lisp_match(p)
8044 char_u *p;
8045{
8046 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8047 int len;
8048 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8049
8050 while (*word != NUL)
8051 {
8052 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8053 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8054 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8055 return TRUE;
8056 }
8057 return FALSE;
8058}
8059
8060/*
8061 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8062 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8063 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8064 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8065 *
8066 * TODO:
8067 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8068 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8069 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8070 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8071 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8072 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008073 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8074 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008075 */
8076 int
8077get_lisp_indent()
8078{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008079 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008080 int amount;
8081 char_u *that;
8082 colnr_T col;
8083 colnr_T firsttry;
8084 int parencount, quotecount;
8085 int vi_lisp;
8086
8087 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8088 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8089
8090 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8091 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8092
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008093 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8094 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8095 else
8096 {
8097 paren = *pos;
8098 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8099 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8100 pos = &paren;
8101 }
8102 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008103 {
8104 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8105 * line that is at the same () level. */
8106 amount = -1;
8107 parencount = 0;
8108
8109 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8110 {
8111 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8112 continue;
8113 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8114 {
8115 if (*that == ';')
8116 {
8117 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8118 ++that;
8119 continue;
8120 }
8121 if (*that == '\\')
8122 {
8123 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8124 ++that;
8125 continue;
8126 }
8127 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8128 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008129 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8130 {
8131 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8132 if (*that == '\\')
8133 {
8134 if (*++that == NUL)
8135 break;
8136 if (that[1] == NUL)
8137 {
8138 ++that;
8139 break;
8140 }
8141 }
8142 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008143 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008144 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008145 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008146 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008147 --parencount;
8148 }
8149 if (parencount == 0)
8150 {
8151 amount = get_indent();
8152 break;
8153 }
8154 }
8155
8156 if (amount == -1)
8157 {
8158 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8159 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8160 col = pos->col;
8161
8162 that = ml_get_curline();
8163
8164 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8165 amount = 2;
8166 else
8167 {
8168 amount = 0;
8169 while (*that && col)
8170 {
8171 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8172 col--;
8173 }
8174
8175 /*
8176 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8177 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8178 *
8179 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8180 * (...)) of (...))
8181 */
8182
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008183 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8184 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008185 amount += 2;
8186 else
8187 {
8188 that++;
8189 amount++;
8190 firsttry = amount;
8191
8192 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8193 {
8194 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8195 ++that;
8196 }
8197
8198 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8199 {
8200 /* test *that != '(' to accomodate first let/do
8201 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008202 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008203 firsttry++;
8204
8205 parencount = 0;
8206 quotecount = 0;
8207
8208 if (vi_lisp
8209 || (*that != '"'
8210 && *that != '\''
8211 && *that != '#'
8212 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8213 {
8214 while (*that
8215 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8216 || quotecount
8217 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008218 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008219 && !quotecount
8220 && !parencount
8221 && vi_lisp)))
8222 {
8223 if (*that == '"')
8224 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008225 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8226 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008227 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008228 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8229 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008230 --parencount;
8231 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8232 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8233 (colnr_T)amount);
8234 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8235 (colnr_T)amount);
8236 }
8237 }
8238 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8239 {
8240 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8241 that++;
8242 }
8243 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8244 amount = firsttry;
8245 }
8246 }
8247 }
8248 }
8249 }
8250 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008251 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008252
8253 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8254
8255 return amount;
8256}
8257#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8258
8259 void
8260prepare_to_exit()
8261{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008262#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8263 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8264 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8265 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008266 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8267#endif
8268
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008269#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8270 if (gui.in_use)
8271 {
8272 gui.dying = TRUE;
8273 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8274 }
8275 else
8276#endif
8277 {
8278 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8279
8280 /*
8281 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8282 * screen (if there are two screens).
8283 */
8284 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8285#ifdef WIN3264
8286 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8287#endif
8288 stoptermcap();
8289 out_flush();
8290 }
8291}
8292
8293/*
8294 * Preserve files and exit.
8295 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8296 */
8297 void
8298preserve_exit()
8299{
8300 buf_T *buf;
8301
8302 prepare_to_exit();
8303
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008304 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8305 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8306 really_exiting = TRUE;
8307
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008308 out_str(IObuff);
8309 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8310 out_flush();
8311
8312 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8313
8314 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8315 {
8316 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8317 {
8318 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8319 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8320 out_flush();
8321 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8322 break;
8323 }
8324 }
8325
8326 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8327
8328 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8329
8330 getout(1);
8331}
8332
8333/*
8334 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8335 */
8336 int
8337vim_fexists(fname)
8338 char_u *fname;
8339{
8340 struct stat st;
8341
8342 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8343 return FALSE;
8344 return TRUE;
8345}
8346
8347/*
8348 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8349 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8350 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8351 * time, because it can be a system call.
8352 */
8353
8354#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8355# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8356# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8357# else
8358# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8359# endif
8360#endif
8361
8362static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8363
8364 void
8365line_breakcheck()
8366{
8367 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8368 {
8369 breakcheck_count = 0;
8370 ui_breakcheck();
8371 }
8372}
8373
8374/*
8375 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8376 */
8377 void
8378fast_breakcheck()
8379{
8380 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8381 {
8382 breakcheck_count = 0;
8383 ui_breakcheck();
8384 }
8385}
8386
8387/*
8388 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8389 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00008390 * Returns OK or FAIL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008391 */
8392 int
8393expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8394 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8395 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8396 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8397 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8398 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8399{
8400 int retval;
8401 int i, j;
8402 char_u *p;
8403 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8404
8405 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8406
8407 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
8408 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
8409 return retval;
8410
8411#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8412 /*
8413 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8414 */
8415 if (*p_wig)
8416 {
8417 char_u *ffname;
8418
8419 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8420 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8421 {
8422 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8423 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8424 break;
8425# ifdef VMS
8426 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8427# endif
8428 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8429 {
8430 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8431 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8432 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8433 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8434 --*num_file;
8435 --i;
8436 }
8437 vim_free(ffname);
8438 }
8439 }
8440#endif
8441
8442 /*
8443 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8444 */
8445 if (*num_file > 1)
8446 {
8447 non_suf_match = 0;
8448 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8449 {
8450 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8451 {
8452 /*
8453 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8454 * of the list.
8455 */
8456 p = (*file)[i];
8457 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8458 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8459 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8460 }
8461 }
8462 }
8463
8464 return retval;
8465}
8466
8467/*
8468 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8469 */
8470 int
8471match_suffix(fname)
8472 char_u *fname;
8473{
8474 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8475 char_u *setsuf;
8476#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8477 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8478
8479 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8480 setsuflen = 0;
8481 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8482 {
8483 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
8484 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8485 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8486 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8487 break;
8488 setsuflen = 0;
8489 }
8490 return (setsuflen != 0);
8491}
8492
8493#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8494
8495# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8496static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8497static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8498# endif
8499
8500# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8501/*
8502 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8503 * it's shared between these systems.
8504 */
8505# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8506# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8507# else
8508# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8509# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8510# endif
8511# endif
8512
8513/*
8514 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8515 */
8516 static int _cdecl
8517pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8518{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008519 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008520}
8521
8522# ifndef WIN3264
8523 static void
8524namelowcpy(
8525 char_u *d,
8526 char_u *s)
8527{
8528# ifdef DJGPP
8529 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8530 while (*s)
8531 *d++ = *s++;
8532 else
8533# endif
8534 while (*s)
8535 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8536 *d = NUL;
8537}
8538# endif
8539
8540/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008541 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8542 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008543 * Return the number of matches found.
8544 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8545 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008546 * Return the number of matches found.
8547 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008548 */
8549 static int
8550dos_expandpath(
8551 garray_T *gap,
8552 char_u *path,
8553 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008554 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008555 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008556{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008557 char_u *buf;
8558 char_u *path_end;
8559 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8560 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8561 char_u *pat;
8562 regmatch_T regmatch;
8563 int starts_with_dot;
8564 int matches;
8565 int len;
8566 int starstar = FALSE;
8567 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008568#ifdef WIN3264
8569 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8570 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8571# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8572 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8573 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8574# endif
8575#else
8576 struct ffblk fb;
8577#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008578 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008579 int ok;
8580
8581 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8582 if (stardepth > 0)
8583 {
8584 ui_breakcheck();
8585 if (got_int)
8586 return 0;
8587 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008588
8589 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008590 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008591 if (buf == NULL)
8592 return 0;
8593
8594 /*
8595 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8596 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8597 */
8598 p = buf;
8599 s = buf;
8600 e = NULL;
8601 path_end = path;
8602 while (*path_end != NUL)
8603 {
8604 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8605 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8606 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8607 *p++ = *path_end++;
8608 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8609 {
8610 if (e != NULL)
8611 break;
8612 s = p + 1;
8613 }
8614 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8615 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8616 e = p;
8617#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8618 if (has_mbyte)
8619 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008620 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008621 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8622 p += len;
8623 path_end += len;
8624 }
8625 else
8626#endif
8627 *p++ = *path_end++;
8628 }
8629 e = p;
8630 *e = NUL;
8631
8632 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8633 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8634 * component. */
8635 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8636 if (rem_backslash(p))
8637 {
8638 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
8639 --e;
8640 --s;
8641 }
8642
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008643 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8644 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8645 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8646 starstar = TRUE;
8647
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008648 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8649 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8650 if (pat == NULL)
8651 {
8652 vim_free(buf);
8653 return 0;
8654 }
8655
8656 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8657 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8658 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8659 vim_free(pat);
8660
8661 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8662 {
8663 vim_free(buf);
8664 return 0;
8665 }
8666
8667 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8668 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8669
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008670 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8671 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8672 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8673 && *path_end == '/')
8674 {
8675 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8676 ++stardepth;
8677 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8678 --stardepth;
8679 }
8680
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008681 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8682 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8683#ifdef WIN3264
8684# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8685 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8686 {
8687 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8688 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8689 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
8690 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8691 if (wn != NULL)
8692 {
8693 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8694 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8695 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8696 {
8697 vim_free(wn);
8698 wn = NULL;
8699 }
8700 }
8701 }
8702
8703 if (wn == NULL)
8704# endif
8705 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8706 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8707#else
8708 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8709 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8710 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8711#endif
8712
8713 while (ok)
8714 {
8715#ifdef WIN3264
8716# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8717 if (wn != NULL)
8718 p = ucs2_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
8719 else
8720# endif
8721 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8722#else
8723 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8724#endif
8725 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8726 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8727 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8728 && (matchname == NULL
8729 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8730 {
8731#ifdef WIN3264
8732 STRCPY(s, p);
8733#else
8734 namelowcpy(s, p);
8735#endif
8736 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008737
8738 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8739 {
8740 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8741 * find matches. */
8742 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8743 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8744 ++stardepth;
8745 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8746 --stardepth;
8747 }
8748
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008749 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8750 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8751 {
8752 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8753 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008754 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008755 }
8756 else
8757 {
8758 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8759 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8760 if (*path_end != 0)
8761 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8762 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8763 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8764 }
8765 }
8766
8767#ifdef WIN3264
8768# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8769 if (wn != NULL)
8770 {
8771 vim_free(p);
8772 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8773 }
8774 else
8775# endif
8776 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8777#else
8778 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8779#endif
8780
8781 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8782 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8783 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8784 {
8785 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8786#ifdef WIN3264
8787 FindClose(hFind);
8788# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8789 if (wn != NULL)
8790 {
8791 vim_free(wn);
8792 wn = enc_to_ucs2(buf, NULL);
8793 if (wn != NULL)
8794 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8795 }
8796 if (wn == NULL)
8797# endif
8798 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8799 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8800#else
8801 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8802 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8803#endif
8804 vim_free(matchname);
8805 matchname = NULL;
8806 }
8807 }
8808
8809#ifdef WIN3264
8810 FindClose(hFind);
8811# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8812 vim_free(wn);
8813# endif
8814#endif
8815 vim_free(buf);
8816 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8817 vim_free(matchname);
8818
8819 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8820 if (matches > 0)
8821 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
8822 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
8823 return matches;
8824}
8825
8826 int
8827mch_expandpath(
8828 garray_T *gap,
8829 char_u *path,
8830 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
8831{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008832 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008833}
8834# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
8835
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008836#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
8837 || defined(PROTO)
8838/*
8839 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
8840 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
8841 */
8842static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
8843
8844 static int
8845pstrcmp(a, b)
8846 const void *a, *b;
8847{
8848 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
8849}
8850
8851/*
8852 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8853 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
8854 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8855 * at "path + wildoff".
8856 * Return the number of matches found.
8857 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
8858 */
8859 int
8860unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
8861 garray_T *gap;
8862 char_u *path;
8863 int wildoff;
8864 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
8865 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
8866{
8867 char_u *buf;
8868 char_u *path_end;
8869 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8870 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8871 char_u *pat;
8872 regmatch_T regmatch;
8873 int starts_with_dot;
8874 int matches;
8875 int len;
8876 int starstar = FALSE;
8877 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
8878
8879 DIR *dirp;
8880 struct dirent *dp;
8881
8882 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8883 if (stardepth > 0)
8884 {
8885 ui_breakcheck();
8886 if (got_int)
8887 return 0;
8888 }
8889
8890 /* make room for file name */
8891 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
8892 if (buf == NULL)
8893 return 0;
8894
8895 /*
8896 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
8897 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
8898 */
8899 p = buf;
8900 s = buf;
8901 e = NULL;
8902 path_end = path;
8903 while (*path_end != NUL)
8904 {
8905 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8906 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8907 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8908 *p++ = *path_end++;
8909 else if (*path_end == '/')
8910 {
8911 if (e != NULL)
8912 break;
8913 s = p + 1;
8914 }
8915 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8916 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
8917 e = p;
8918#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8919 if (has_mbyte)
8920 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008921 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008922 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8923 p += len;
8924 path_end += len;
8925 }
8926 else
8927#endif
8928 *p++ = *path_end++;
8929 }
8930 e = p;
8931 *e = NUL;
8932
8933 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
8934 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8935 * component. */
8936 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8937 if (rem_backslash(p))
8938 {
8939 STRCPY(p, p + 1);
8940 --e;
8941 --s;
8942 }
8943
8944 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8945 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8946 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8947 starstar = TRUE;
8948
8949 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
8950 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8951 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8952 if (pat == NULL)
8953 {
8954 vim_free(buf);
8955 return 0;
8956 }
8957
8958 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00008959#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008960 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
8961#else
8962 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
8963#endif
8964 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8965 vim_free(pat);
8966
8967 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8968 {
8969 vim_free(buf);
8970 return 0;
8971 }
8972
8973 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8974 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8975 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8976 && *path_end == '/')
8977 {
8978 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8979 ++stardepth;
8980 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8981 --stardepth;
8982 }
8983
8984 /* open the directory for scanning */
8985 *s = NUL;
8986 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
8987
8988 /* Find all matching entries */
8989 if (dirp != NULL)
8990 {
8991 for (;;)
8992 {
8993 dp = readdir(dirp);
8994 if (dp == NULL)
8995 break;
8996 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8997 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
8998 {
8999 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9000 len = STRLEN(buf);
9001
9002 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9003 {
9004 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9005 * find matches. */
9006 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9007 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9008 ++stardepth;
9009 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9010 --stardepth;
9011 }
9012
9013 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9014 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9015 {
9016 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9017 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9018 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9019 }
9020 else
9021 {
9022 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9023 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9024 if (*path_end != NUL)
9025 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9026 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9027 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009028#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009029 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9030 char_u *precomp_buf =
9031 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009032
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009033 if (precomp_buf)
9034 {
9035 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9036 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9037 }
9038#endif
9039 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9040 }
9041 }
9042 }
9043 }
9044
9045 closedir(dirp);
9046 }
9047
9048 vim_free(buf);
9049 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9050
9051 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9052 if (matches > 0)
9053 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9054 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9055 return matches;
9056}
9057#endif
9058
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009059/*
9060 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9061 *
9062 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9063 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9064 *
9065 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9066 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9067 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9068 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9069 */
9070 int
9071gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9072 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9073 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9074 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9075 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9076 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9077{
9078 int i;
9079 garray_T ga;
9080 char_u *p;
9081 static int recursive = FALSE;
9082 int add_pat;
9083
9084 /*
9085 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9086 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9087 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9088 * return FAIL.
9089 */
9090 if (recursive)
9091#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9092 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9093#else
9094 return FAIL;
9095#endif
9096
9097#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9098 /*
9099 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9100 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9101 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9102 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9103 */
9104 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9105 {
9106 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9107# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9108 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9109# endif
9110 )
9111 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9112 }
9113#endif
9114
9115 recursive = TRUE;
9116
9117 /*
9118 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9119 */
9120 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9121
9122 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9123 {
9124 add_pat = -1;
9125 p = pat[i];
9126
9127#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9128 if (vim_backtick(p))
9129 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9130 else
9131#endif
9132 {
9133 /*
9134 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9135 */
9136 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9137 {
9138 p = expand_env_save(p);
9139 if (p == NULL)
9140 p = pat[i];
9141#ifdef UNIX
9142 /*
9143 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9144 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9145 * found file names and start all over again.
9146 */
9147 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9148 {
9149 vim_free(p);
9150 ga_clear(&ga);
9151 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9152 flags);
9153 recursive = FALSE;
9154 return i;
9155 }
9156#endif
9157 }
9158
9159 /*
9160 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9161 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9162 * the pattern.
9163 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9164 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9165 */
9166 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
9167 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9168 }
9169
9170 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9171 {
9172 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9173
9174#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9175 slash_to_colon(t);
9176#endif
9177 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9178 * "vim c:/" work. */
9179 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9180 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9181 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9182 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9183 vim_free(t);
9184 }
9185
9186 if (p != pat[i])
9187 vim_free(p);
9188 }
9189
9190 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9191 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9192
9193 recursive = FALSE;
9194
9195 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9196}
9197
9198# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9199
9200/*
9201 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9202 */
9203 static int
9204vim_backtick(p)
9205 char_u *p;
9206{
9207 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9208}
9209
9210/*
9211 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9212 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9213 * Returns number of file names found.
9214 */
9215 static int
9216expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9217 garray_T *gap;
9218 char_u *pat;
9219 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9220{
9221 char_u *p;
9222 char_u *cmd;
9223 char_u *buffer;
9224 int cnt = 0;
9225 int i;
9226
9227 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9228 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9229 if (cmd == NULL)
9230 return 0;
9231
9232#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9233 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009234 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009235 else
9236#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009237 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9238 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009239 vim_free(cmd);
9240 if (buffer == NULL)
9241 return 0;
9242
9243 cmd = buffer;
9244 while (*cmd != NUL)
9245 {
9246 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9247 p = cmd;
9248 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9249 ++p;
9250 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9251 if (p > cmd)
9252 {
9253 i = *p;
9254 *p = NUL;
9255 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9256 *p = i;
9257 ++cnt;
9258 }
9259 cmd = p;
9260 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9261 ++cmd;
9262 }
9263
9264 vim_free(buffer);
9265 return cnt;
9266}
9267# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9268
9269/*
9270 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9271 * EW_DIR add directories
9272 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009273 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009274 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9275 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9276 */
9277 void
9278addfile(gap, f, flags)
9279 garray_T *gap;
9280 char_u *f; /* filename */
9281 int flags;
9282{
9283 char_u *p;
9284 int isdir;
9285
9286 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9287 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9288 return;
9289
9290#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9291 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9292 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9293 return;
9294#endif
9295
9296 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9297 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9298 return;
9299
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009300 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9301 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9302 return;
9303
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009304 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9305 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9306 return;
9307
9308 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9309 if (p == NULL)
9310 return;
9311
9312 STRCPY(p, f);
9313#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9314 slash_adjust(p);
9315#endif
9316 /*
9317 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9318 */
9319#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9320 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9321 add_pathsep(p);
9322#endif
9323 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009324}
9325#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9326
9327#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
9328
9329#ifndef SEEK_SET
9330# define SEEK_SET 0
9331#endif
9332#ifndef SEEK_END
9333# define SEEK_END 2
9334#endif
9335
9336/*
9337 * Get the stdout of an external command.
9338 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
9339 */
9340 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009341get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009342 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009343 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009344 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
9345{
9346 char_u *tempname;
9347 char_u *command;
9348 char_u *buffer = NULL;
9349 int len;
9350 int i = 0;
9351 FILE *fd;
9352
9353 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
9354 return NULL;
9355
9356 /* get a name for the temp file */
9357 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
9358 {
9359 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
9360 return NULL;
9361 }
9362
9363 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009364 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009365 if (command == NULL)
9366 goto done;
9367
9368 /*
9369 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
9370 * Don't check timestamps here.
9371 */
9372 ++no_check_timestamps;
9373 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
9374 --no_check_timestamps;
9375
9376 vim_free(command);
9377
9378 /*
9379 * read the names from the file into memory
9380 */
9381# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00009382 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009383 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
9384# else
9385 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
9386# endif
9387
9388 if (fd == NULL)
9389 {
9390 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
9391 goto done;
9392 }
9393
9394 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
9395 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
9396 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
9397
9398 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
9399 if (buffer != NULL)
9400 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
9401 fclose(fd);
9402 mch_remove(tempname);
9403 if (buffer == NULL)
9404 goto done;
9405#ifdef VMS
9406 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
9407#endif
9408 if (i != len)
9409 {
9410 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
9411 vim_free(buffer);
9412 buffer = NULL;
9413 }
9414 else
9415 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
9416
9417done:
9418 vim_free(tempname);
9419 return buffer;
9420}
9421#endif
9422
9423/*
9424 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
9425 * functions.
9426 */
9427 void
9428FreeWild(count, files)
9429 int count;
9430 char_u **files;
9431{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00009432 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009433 return;
9434#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
9435 /*
9436 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
9437 * been used???
9438 */
9439 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
9440#else
9441 while (count--)
9442 vim_free(files[count]);
9443 vim_free(files);
9444#endif
9445}
9446
9447/*
9448 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
9449 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
9450 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
9451 */
9452 int
9453goto_im()
9454{
9455 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
9456}